WO2009096985A1 - Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment - Google Patents
Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2009096985A1 WO2009096985A1 PCT/US2008/052808 US2008052808W WO2009096985A1 WO 2009096985 A1 WO2009096985 A1 WO 2009096985A1 US 2008052808 W US2008052808 W US 2008052808W WO 2009096985 A1 WO2009096985 A1 WO 2009096985A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- baclofen
- dosage form
- patient
- release
- prodrug
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 245
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 245
- KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-QMMMGPOBSA-N Arbaclofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@@H](CN)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 94
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 74
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 44
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims description 23
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 title abstract description 17
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 title abstract description 17
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 86
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 51
- 229960000794 baclofen Drugs 0.000 claims description 287
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 194
- -1 2-methylpropanoyloxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 79
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 69
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 69
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 24
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 23
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 206010039897 Sedation Diseases 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000036280 sedation Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 208000018526 Narcotic-Related disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 208000008238 Muscle Spasticity Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 208000018198 spasticity Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 206010028391 Musculoskeletal Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000021302 gastroesophageal reflux disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010013654 Drug abuse Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010057852 Nicotine dependence Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000025569 Tobacco Use disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010043903 Tobacco abuse Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010001584 alcohol abuse Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000025746 alcohol use disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 201000005040 opiate dependence Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 229940111688 monobasic potassium phosphate Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920003147 ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000037023 motor activity Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 154
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 100
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 98
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 69
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 66
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 65
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 54
- 239000011162 core material Substances 0.000 description 51
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 44
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 37
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 35
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 34
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Baclofen Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(CN)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 KPYSYYIEGFHWSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 30
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 28
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 19
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 229920003134 Eudragit® polymer Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 14
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 13
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000000857 drug effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 13
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000002429 large intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920003145 methacrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 8
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 208000008035 Back Pain Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000008930 Low Back Pain Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthene Chemical compound C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000016285 Movement disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009056 active transport Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 5
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 5
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920003072 Plasdone™ povidone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chrysene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012738 dissolution medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrocodone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940117841 methacrylic acid copolymer Drugs 0.000 description 4
- BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N morphine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000004973 motor coordination Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N picene Chemical compound C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=C2 GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AIFRHYZBTHREPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N β-carboline Chemical compound N1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 AIFRHYZBTHREPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DIWRORZWFLOCLC-HNNXBMFYSA-N (3s)-7-chloro-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxy-1,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodiazepin-2-one Chemical compound N([C@H](C(NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C11)=O)O)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl DIWRORZWFLOCLC-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- USSIQXCVUWKGNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(dimethylamino)-4,4-diphenylheptan-3-one Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CC(C)N(C)C)(C(=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 USSIQXCVUWKGNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clonidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1NC1=NCCN1 GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Desimpramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003151 Eudragit® RL polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920003152 Eudragit® RS polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 3
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003075 Plasdone™ K-29/32 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004538 alprazolam Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960000836 amitriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 3
- KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N amitriptyline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001736 buprenorphine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N buprenorphine Chemical compound C([C@]12[C@H]3OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C2=4)C[C@@H]2[C@]11CC[C@]3([C@H](C1)[C@](C)(O)C(C)(C)C)OC)CN2CC1CC1 RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960002896 clonidine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006237 degradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229960003914 desipramine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001079 digestive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000520 diphenhydramine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- FSXVSUSRJXIJHB-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethyl prop-2-enoate;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;trimethyl-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethyl]azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCOC(=O)C=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C.CC(=C)C(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C FSXVSUSRJXIJHB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960004391 lorazepam Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960001797 methadone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000008185 minitablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- DNKKLDKIFMDAPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylmethanamine;2-methylprop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound CN(C)C.CC(=C)C(O)=O.CC(=C)C(O)=O DNKKLDKIFMDAPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 3
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-M naproxen(1-) Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C([O-])=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009057 passive transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 3
- NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenalene Chemical compound C1=CC([CH]C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-2-(3-phenoxyphenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](C)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 RDJGLLICXDHJDY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRRSFOZOETZUPG-FFHNEAJVSA-N (4r,4ar,7s,7ar,12bs)-9-methoxy-3-methyl-2,4,4a,7,7a,13-hexahydro-1h-4,12-methanobenzofuro[3,2-e]isoquinoline-7-ol;hydrate Chemical compound O.C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC WRRSFOZOETZUPG-FFHNEAJVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006274 (C1-C3)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-ZBFHGGJFSA-N (R,R)-tramadol Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC([C@]2(O)[C@H](CCCC2)CN(C)C)=C1 TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-ZBFHGGJFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-isochromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2COC=CC2=C1 MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-perimidine Chemical compound N1C=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C32 AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CN21 ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKNASXZDGZNEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-cyanoethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCC#N VKNASXZDGZNEDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFPNZPQIIAJXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical class CCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SFPNZPQIIAJXGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001054 5 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920002126 Acrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010061623 Adverse drug reaction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NIQCNGHVCWTJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl phthalate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC NIQCNGHVCWTJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000030453 Drug-Related Side Effects and Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920003136 Eudragit® L polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920003137 Eudragit® S polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gabapentin Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1(CN)CCCCC1 UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002907 Guar gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XADCESSVHJOZHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meperidine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(C(=O)OCC)CCN(C)CC1 XADCESSVHJOZHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000023178 Musculoskeletal disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010031127 Orthostatic hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BRUQQQPBMZOVGD-XFKAJCMBSA-N Oxycodone Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1O2)CC[C@@]3(O)[C@H]4CC5=CC=C(OC)C2=C5[C@@]13CCN4C BRUQQQPBMZOVGD-XFKAJCMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGCVKNLCSQQDEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perphenazine Chemical compound C1CN(CCO)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 RGCVKNLCSQQDEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000005392 Spasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyl citrate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCCCC)CC(=O)OCCCC ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triphenylene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N [(z)-hexadec-7-enyl] acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCOC(C)=O QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aceanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C=CC3=CC=C4)=C3C4=CC2=C1 JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 2
- SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acephenanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC2=CC=CC=C2C3=C1 SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetnaphthylene Natural products C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000007930 alcohol dependence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920003144 amino alkyl methacrylate copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000954 anitussive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001961 anticonvulsive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124584 antitussives Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[As]C=CC2=C1 BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N as-indacene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C2C=CC=C21 KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzocaine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001557 benzodiazepines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- SNPPWIUOZRMYNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N bupropion Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 SNPPWIUOZRMYNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001058 bupropion Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000014121 butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 2
- YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N capsaicin Chemical compound COC1=CC(CNC(=O)CCCC\C=C\C(C)C)=CC=C1O YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010008129 cerebral palsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004782 chlordiazepoxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ANTSCNMPPGJYLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlordiazepoxide Chemical compound O=N=1CC(NC)=NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 ANTSCNMPPGJYLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001076 chlorpromazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorpromazine Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGBIGWXXNGSACT-UHFFFAOYSA-N clonazepam Chemical compound C12=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C2NC(=O)CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl DGBIGWXXNGSACT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003120 clonazepam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004362 clorazepate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XDDJGVMJFWAHJX-UHFFFAOYSA-M clorazepic acid anion Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C(C(=O)[O-])N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XDDJGVMJFWAHJX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960004126 codeine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N codeine Natural products C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003529 diazepam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCC DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl phthalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC FLKPEMZONWLCSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000010643 digestive system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XYYVYLMBEZUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrocodeine Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(=O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC XYYVYLMBEZUESM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSBVERYRVPGNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimagnesium dioxido-bis[[oxido(oxo)silyl]oxy]silane hydrate Chemical compound O.[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[O-][Si](=O)O[Si]([O-])([O-])O[Si]([O-])=O FSBVERYRVPGNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001419 fenoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N flurbiprofen Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000018685 gastrointestinal system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000010417 guar gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000665 guar gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002154 guar gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003878 haloperidol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-CMKMFDCUSA-N hydrocodone Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)CC(=O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-CMKMFDCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000240 hydrocodone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000930 hydroxyzine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZQDWXGKKHFNSQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyzine Chemical compound C1CN(CCOCCO)CCN1C(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZQDWXGKKHFNSQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003405 ileum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003750 lower gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000391 magnesium silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000386 magnesium trisilicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019793 magnesium trisilicate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940099273 magnesium trisilicate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000005397 methacrylic acid ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004503 metoclopramide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- TTWJBBZEZQICBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N metoclopramide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(N)C=C1OC TTWJBBZEZQICBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910002055 micronized silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N midazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NC=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1F DDLIGBOFAVUZHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003793 midazolam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005181 morphine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DQCKKXVULJGBQN-XFWGSAIBSA-N naltrexone Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2CC3=CC=C(C=4O[C@@H]5[C@](C3=4)([C@]2(CCC5=O)O)CC1)O)CC1CC1 DQCKKXVULJGBQN-XFWGSAIBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003086 naltrexone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004081 narcotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC8=CC=CC=C8C=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C2C=CC=CC=CC2=C1 OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC=CC=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=C3)C3=CC2=C1 WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005017 olanzapine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KVWDHTXUZHCGIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N olanzapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2NC2=C1C=C(C)S2 KVWDHTXUZHCGIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ovalene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3C5=C6C(C=C3)=CC=C3C6=C6C(C=C3)=C3)C4=C5C6=C2C3=C1 LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004535 oxazepam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ADIMAYPTOBDMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazepam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)C(O)N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ADIMAYPTOBDMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002085 oxycodone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005489 paracetamol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,3-diene Chemical compound CC=CC=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentalene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VOKSWYLNZZRQPF-GDIGMMSISA-N pentazocine Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(O)C=C2[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1N(CC=C(C)C)CC2 VOKSWYLNZZRQPF-GDIGMMSISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005301 pentazocine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000762 perphenazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 2
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000482 pethidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960002702 piroxicam Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pleiadene Chemical compound C1=C2[CH]C=CC=C2C=C2C=CC=C3[C]2C1=CC=C3 DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyranthrene Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC3=C(C=CC=C4)C4=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34 LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubicene Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC3=C2C1=C1C=CC=C2C4=CC=CC=C4C3=C21 FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-indacene Chemical compound C=1C2=CC=CC2=CC2=CC=CC2=1 WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N salsalate Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O WVYADZUPLLSGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003497 sciatic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000005586 smoking cessation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N taurine Chemical compound NCCS(O)(=O)=O XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004380 tramadol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-GOEBONIOSA-N tramadol Natural products COC1=CC=CC([C@@]2(O)[C@@H](CCCC2)CN(C)C)=C1 TVYLLZQTGLZFBW-GOEBONIOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-dihydrocodeinone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2CCC(=O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC LLPOLZWFYMWNKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010044652 trigeminal neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960002004 valdecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 2
- LNPDTQAFDNKSHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N valdecoxib Chemical compound CC=1ON=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 LNPDTQAFDNKSHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M valproate semisodium Chemical compound [Na+].CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC.CCCC(C([O-])=O)CCC MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229960000604 valproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-DABA Natural products NCCC(N)C(O)=O OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLPIATFUUWWMKC-SNVBAGLBSA-N (2r)-1-(2,6-dimethylphenoxy)propan-2-amine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)COC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C VLPIATFUUWWMKC-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXTAALBWJQJLGN-KSSFIOAISA-N (3r)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-[[(1s)-2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)O[C@H](C(C)C)OC(=O)NC[C@H](CC(O)=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JXTAALBWJQJLGN-KSSFIOAISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FELGMEQIXOGIFQ-CYBMUJFWSA-N (3r)-9-methyl-3-[(2-methylimidazol-1-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1h-carbazol-4-one Chemical compound CC1=NC=CN1C[C@@H]1C(=O)C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2C)=C2CC1 FELGMEQIXOGIFQ-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPEYVVLXBYHKDO-DANDVKJOSA-N (4r,4ar,7ar,12bs)-9-methoxy-3-methyl-1,2,4,4a,5,6,7a,13-octahydro-4,12-methanobenzofuro[3,2-e]isoquinoline-7-one;(2r,3r)-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid;2-[4-(2-methylpropyl)phenyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1.C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)CC(=O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC OPEYVVLXBYHKDO-DANDVKJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SSNHGLKFJISNTR-DYSNNVSPSA-N (6ar,10ar)-6,6,9-trimethyl-3-pentyl-6a,7,8,10a-tetrahydrobenzo[c]chromen-1-ol;2-[(1r,6r)-3-methyl-6-prop-1-en-2-ylcyclohex-2-en-1-yl]-5-pentylbenzene-1,3-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C1[C@H]1[C@H](C(C)=C)CCC(C)=C1.C1=C(C)CC[C@H]2C(C)(C)OC3=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C3[C@@H]21 SSNHGLKFJISNTR-DYSNNVSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXOAEAUPQDYUQM-QMMMGPOBSA-N (S)-chlorphenesin Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 MXOAEAUPQDYUQM-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N (S)-duloxetine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](OC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)CCNC)=CC=CS1 ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OZOMQRBLCMDCEG-CHHVJCJISA-N 1-[(z)-[5-(4-nitrophenyl)furan-2-yl]methylideneamino]imidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1C(O1)=CC=C1\C=N/N1C(=O)NC(=O)C1 OZOMQRBLCMDCEG-CHHVJCJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-behenoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C=C2 AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(diethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNXFOGHNGIVQEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(2-methoxyphenoxy)propyl carbamate Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(O)COC(N)=O GNXFOGHNGIVQEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- MGGZDDQAOZEEDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chlorophenyl)pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C1CNCC1 MGGZDDQAOZEEDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=C1 XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMGWUAGIJQPRJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butyl-4-methoxycyclohexa-1,5-dien-1-ol Chemical compound C(CCC)C1(CC=C(C=C1)O)OC VMGWUAGIJQPRJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XBWAZCLHZCFCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-chloro-1-methyl-5-phenyl-3,4-dihydro-2h-1,4-benzodiazepin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2[NH+](C)CCN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XBWAZCLHZCFCGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZCLKYGREBVARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetyl tributyl citrate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(C(=O)OCCCC)(OC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCCCC QZCLKYGREBVARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004382 Amylase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013142 Amylases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065511 Amylases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001535291 Analges Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000976983 Anoxia Species 0.000 description 1
- CEUORZQYGODEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aripirazole Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(N2CCN(CCCCOC=3C=C4NC(=O)CCC4=CC=3)CC2)=C1Cl CEUORZQYGODEFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108030001720 Bontoxilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002381 Brain Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMIYHDSEFNYJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromazepam Chemical compound C12=CC(Br)=CC=C2NC(=O)CN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 VMIYHDSEFNYJSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 241000252983 Caecum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYNKCGWJPNZJMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clebopride malate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O.COC1=CC(N)=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NC1CC[NH+](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 NYNKCGWJPNZJMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032170 Congenital Abnormalities Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022540 Consciousness disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010051055 Deep vein thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012373 Depressed level of consciousness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibutyl decanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003164 Diplopia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CYQFCXCEBYINGO-DLBZAZTESA-N Dronabinol Natural products C1=C(C)CC[C@H]2C(C)(C)OC3=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C3[C@H]21 CYQFCXCEBYINGO-DLBZAZTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014094 Dystonic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003148 Eudragit® E polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003141 Eudragit® S 100 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluphenazine Chemical compound C1CN(CCO)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000206672 Gelidium Species 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guaifenesin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(O)CO HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004547 Hallucinations Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031361 Hiccup Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PWWVAXIEGOYWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isophenergan Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(CC(C)N(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 PWWVAXIEGOYWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Dopa Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAQUASYNZVUNQP-USXIJHARSA-N Levorphanol Chemical compound C1C2=CC=C(O)C=C2[C@]23CCN(C)[C@H]1[C@@H]2CCCC3 JAQUASYNZVUNQP-USXIJHARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meloxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=NC=C(C)S1 ZRVUJXDFFKFLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMWZZHHPURKASS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Metaxalone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(OCC2OC(=O)NC2)=C1 IMWZZHHPURKASS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KLPWJLBORRMFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molindone Chemical compound O=C1C=2C(CC)=C(C)NC=2CCC1CN1CCOCC1 KLPWJLBORRMFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007101 Muscle Cramp Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000112 Myalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940127523 NMDA Receptor Antagonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nabumetone Chemical compound C1=C(CCC(C)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 BLXXJMDCKKHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028389 Nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000009493 Neurokinin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050000302 Neurokinin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006057 Non-nutritive feed additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nortryptiline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYYIDSXMWOZKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-desmethylvenlafaxine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1(O)C(CN(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KYYIDSXMWOZKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004749 OS(O)2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000007990 Organic Anion Transporters Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010089503 Organic Anion Transporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N Oxymorphone Chemical compound O([C@H]1C(CC[C@]23O)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O UQCNKQCJZOAFTQ-ISWURRPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQPSEEYGBUAQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pantoprazole Chemical compound COC1=CC=NC(CS(=O)C=2NC3=CC=C(OC(F)F)C=C3N=2)=C1OC IQPSEEYGBUAQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010033885 Paraparesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010886 Peripheral nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CXOFVDLJLONNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenytoin Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC(=O)C1(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CXOFVDLJLONNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- MWQCHHACWWAQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Prazepam Chemical compound O=C1CN=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N1CC1CC1 MWQCHHACWWAQLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010037779 Radiculopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019999 S(O)2O Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000277284 Salvelinus fontinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001744 Sodium fumarate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000002548 Spastic Paraparesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029033 Spinal Cord disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036982 Spinal cord ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007271 Substance Withdrawal Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CYQFCXCEBYINGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N THC Natural products C1=C(C)CCC2C(C)(C)OC3=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C3C21 CYQFCXCEBYINGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEQDDYPDSLOBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Temazepam Chemical compound N=1C(O)C(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 SEQDDYPDSLOBDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008548 Tension-Type Headache Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RMMPZDDLWLALLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thermophillin Chemical compound COC1=CC(=O)C(OC)=CC1=O RMMPZDDLWLALLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLBQZWRITKRQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thioridazine Chemical compound C12=CC(SC)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C2N1CCC1CCCCN1C KLBQZWRITKRQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFBKORZTTCHDGY-UWVJOHFNSA-N Thiothixene Chemical compound C12=CC(S(=O)(=O)N(C)C)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C2\C1=C\CCN1CCN(C)CC1 GFBKORZTTCHDGY-UWVJOHFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJADKKWYZYXHBB-XBWDGYHZSA-N Topiramic acid Chemical compound C1O[C@@]2(COS(N)(=O)=O)OC(C)(C)O[C@H]2[C@@H]2OC(C)(C)O[C@@H]21 KJADKKWYZYXHBB-XBWDGYHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100029613 Transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050004388 Transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWHLPVGTWGOCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trihexyphenidyl Chemical group C1CCCCC1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(O)CCN1CCCCC1 HWHLPVGTWGOCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010047513 Vision blurred Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047571 Visual impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002494 Zein Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001000346 Zuniga Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001467 acupuncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036626 alertness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005910 alkyl carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005599 alkyl carboxylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019418 amylase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007953 anoxia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000181 anti-adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001078 anti-cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003556 anti-epileptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003502 anti-nociceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003911 antiadherent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125681 anticonvulsant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003965 antiepileptics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005529 antipsychotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ATALOFNDEOCMKK-OITMNORJSA-N aprepitant Chemical compound O([C@@H]([C@@H]1C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)O[C@H](C)C=2C=C(C=C(C=2)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)CCN1CC1=NNC(=O)N1 ATALOFNDEOCMKK-OITMNORJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001372 aprepitant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004372 aripiprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002014 arsindolyl group Chemical group [AsH]1C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005018 aryl alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005015 aryl alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001174 ascending effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003289 ascorbyl group Chemical class [H]O[C@@]([H])(C([H])([H])O*)[C@@]1([H])OC(=O)C(O*)=C1O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940067597 azelate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001542 azirines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015241 bacon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005274 benzocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzodioxan Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCOC2=C1 BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MAFMQEKGGFWBAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonatate Chemical compound CCCCNC1=CC=C(C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOC)C=C1 MAFMQEKGGFWBAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003789 benzonatate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940000635 beta-alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001576 beta-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000910 bethanechol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NZUPCNDJBJXXRF-UHFFFAOYSA-O bethanechol Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(C)OC(N)=O NZUPCNDJBJXXRF-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 229950010365 bicifadine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OFYVIGTWSQPCLF-NWDGAFQWSA-N bicifadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1[C@@]1(CNC2)[C@H]2C1 OFYVIGTWSQPCLF-NWDGAFQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006580 bicyclic heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007698 birth defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012503 blood component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940053031 botulinum toxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000021152 breakfast Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002729 bromazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- SXFILQHETIJGQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC=C.OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O SXFILQHETIJGQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- IFKLAQQSCNILHL-QHAWAJNXSA-N butorphanol Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2CC3=CC=C(C=C3[C@@]3([C@]2(CCCC3)O)CC1)O)CC1CCC1 IFKLAQQSCNILHL-QHAWAJNXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001113 butorphanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NEDGUIRITORSKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C.CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C.CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C NEDGUIRITORSKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- FFSAXUULYPJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyrophenone Chemical class CCCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FFSAXUULYPJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003827 cannabinoid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000003557 cannabinoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003520 cannabinoid receptor affecting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940065144 cannabinoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001043 capillary endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002504 capsaicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000017663 capsaicin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000623 carbamazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FFGPTBGBLSHEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamazepine Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2N(C(=O)N)C2=CC=CC=C21 FFGPTBGBLSHEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJFSXZCBGQGRNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbinoxamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 OJFSXZCBGQGRNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000428 carbinoxamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003123 carboxymethyl cellulose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940063834 carboxymethylcellulose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009084 cardiovascular function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004587 carisoprodol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OFZCIYFFPZCNJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N carisoprodol Chemical compound NC(=O)OCC(C)(CCC)COC(=O)NC(C)C OFZCIYFFPZCNJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001777 castor oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004534 cecum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- UKTAZPQNNNJVKR-KJGYPYNMSA-N chembl2368925 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(O[C@@H]3C[C@@H]4C[C@H]5C[C@@H](N4CC5=O)C3)=O)=CNC2=C1 UKTAZPQNNNJVKR-KJGYPYNMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940068682 chewable tablet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003993 chlorphenesin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TZFWDZFKRBELIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorzoxazone Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2OC(O)=NC2=C1 TZFWDZFKRBELIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003633 chlorzoxazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001380 cimetidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cimetidine Chemical compound N#CNC(=N/C)\NCCSCC1=NC=N[C]1C CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004170 clozapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N clozapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000748 compression moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036461 convulsion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003246 corticosteroid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001334 corticosteroids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005356 cycloalkylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005357 cycloalkylalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JURKNVYFZMSNLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclobenzaprine Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 JURKNVYFZMSNLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003572 cyclobenzaprine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006639 cyclohexyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001987 dantrolene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYQFCXCEBYINGO-IAGOWNOFSA-N delta1-THC Chemical compound C1=C(C)CC[C@H]2C(C)(C)OC3=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C3[C@@H]21 CYQFCXCEBYINGO-IAGOWNOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001623 desvenlafaxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLMALTXPSGQGBX-GCJKJVERSA-N dextropropoxyphene Chemical compound C([C@](OC(=O)CC)([C@H](C)CN(C)C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XLMALTXPSGQGBX-GCJKJVERSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004193 dextropropoxyphene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099371 diacetylated monoglycerides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001259 diclofenac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diclofenac Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1NC1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl DCOPUUMXTXDBNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FBSAITBEAPNWJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl phthalate Natural products CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C)=O FBSAITBEAPNWJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001826 dimethylphthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019329 dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AMTWCFIAVKBGOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;methoxy-dimethyl-trimethylsilyloxysilane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.CO[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C AMTWCFIAVKBGOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000007907 direct compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- MSJMDZAOKORVFC-SEPHDYHBSA-L disodium fumarate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O MSJMDZAOKORVFC-SEPHDYHBSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002563 disulfiram Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000878 docusate sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003413 dolasetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029444 double vision Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004242 dronabinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RMEDXOLNCUSCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N droperidol Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)CCCN1CC=C(N2C(NC3=CC=CC=C32)=O)CC1 RMEDXOLNCUSCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000394 droperidol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013583 drug formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002866 duloxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010118 dystonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007938 effervescent tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001842 enterocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 229960005293 etodolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N etodolac Chemical compound C1COC(CC)(CC(O)=O)C2=N[C]3C(CC)=CC=CC3=C21 XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- XUFQPHANEAPEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N famotidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NC1=NC(CSCCC(N)=NS(N)(=O)=O)=CS1 XUFQPHANEAPEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001596 famotidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003191 femoral vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002428 fentanyl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IVLVTNPOHDFFCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fentanyl citrate Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1N(C(=O)CC)C(CC1)CCN1CCC1=CC=CC=C1 IVLVTNPOHDFFCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002690 fluphenazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002390 flurbiprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000002864 food coloring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000011389 fruit/vegetable juice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002870 gabapentin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-BTTYYORXSA-N granisetron Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)N[C@H]3C[C@H]4CCC[C@@H](C3)N4C)=NN(C)C2=C1 MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-BTTYYORXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003727 granisetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002146 guaifenesin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010440 gypsum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052602 gypsum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004447 heteroarylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005312 heteroarylalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005885 heterocycloalkylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- WVLOADHCBXTIJK-YNHQPCIGSA-N hydromorphone Chemical compound O([C@H]1C(CC[C@H]23)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O WVLOADHCBXTIJK-YNHQPCIGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001410 hydromorphone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000639 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002102 hyperpolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004801 imipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N imipramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003402 intramolecular cyclocondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013980 iron oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron oxide Inorganic materials [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBMVTYDPPZVILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);oxygen(2-) Chemical class [O-2].[Fe+2] VBMVTYDPPZVILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001630 jejunum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000829 kaolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004752 ketorolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VPPJLAIAVCUEMN-GFCCVEGCSA-N lacosamide Chemical compound COC[C@@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)NCC1=CC=CC=C1 VPPJLAIAVCUEMN-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002623 lacosamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002684 laminectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001848 lamotrigine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PYZRQGJRPPTADH-UHFFFAOYSA-N lamotrigine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NN=C1C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1Cl PYZRQGJRPPTADH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005286 lanepitant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003174 lansoprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SIXIIKVOZAGHPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N lansoprazole Chemical compound CC1=C(OCC(F)(F)F)C=CN=C1CS(=O)C1=NC2=CC=C[CH]C2=N1 SIXIIKVOZAGHPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBMIVRRWGCYBTQ-AVRDEDQJSA-N levacetylmethadol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C[C@H](C)N(C)C)([C@@H](OC(C)=O)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 XBMIVRRWGCYBTQ-AVRDEDQJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004502 levodopa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003406 levorphanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940031703 low substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000423 loxapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YQZBAXDVDZTKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N loxapine succinate Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2OC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C12 YQZBAXDVDZTKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012254 magnesium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940057948 magnesium stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010025482 malaise Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002225 medazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003464 mefenamic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N mefenamic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(NC=2C(=CC=CC=2)C(O)=O)=C1C HYYBABOKPJLUIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001929 meloxicam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BUGYDGFZZOZRHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N memantine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3(C)CC1(C)CC2(N)C3 BUGYDGFZZOZRHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004640 memantine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLVMESMUVMCQIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N mesoridazine Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1CCN1C2=CC(S(C)=O)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 SLVMESMUVMCQIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000300 mesoridazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000509 metaxalone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002330 methocarbamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003404 mexiletine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000027939 micturition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042472 mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004938 molindone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002161 motor neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015604 muscle hyperplasia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- CVXJAPZTZWLRBP-MUUNZHRXSA-N n-[(2r)-1-[acetyl-[(2-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propan-2-yl]-2-(4-piperidin-1-ylpiperidin-1-yl)acetamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1CN(C(C)=O)C[C@H](NC(=O)CN1CCC(CC1)N1CCCCC1)CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C12 CVXJAPZTZWLRBP-MUUNZHRXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004270 nabumetone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008764 nerve damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGXXNSQHWDMGGP-IZZDOVSWSA-N nizatidine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)\C=C(/NC)NCCSCC1=CSC(CN(C)C)=N1 SGXXNSQHWDMGGP-IZZDOVSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004872 nizatidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121367 non-opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001158 nortriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001473 noxious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SBQLYHNEIUGQKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N omeprazole Chemical compound N1=C2[CH]C(OC)=CC=C2N=C1S(=O)CC1=NC=C(C)C(OC)=C1C SBQLYHNEIUGQKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000381 omeprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005343 ondansetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000014 opioid analgesic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003305 oral gavage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N orphenadrine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C)C=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003941 orphenadrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002739 oxaprozin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OFPXSFXSNFPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxaprozin Chemical compound O1C(CCC(=O)O)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 OFPXSFXSNFPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTRLABGOLIVAIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxcarbazepine Chemical compound C1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C(=O)N)C2=CC=CC=C21 CTRLABGOLIVAIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001816 oxcarbazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960005118 oxymorphone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPZBLNMUGSZIPR-NVXWUHKLSA-N palonosetron Chemical compound C1N(CC2)CCC2[C@@H]1N1C(=O)C(C=CC=C2CCC3)=C2[C@H]3C1 CPZBLNMUGSZIPR-NVXWUHKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002131 palonosetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005019 pantoprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002990 phenothiazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002036 phenytoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005498 phthalate group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical group C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003634 pimozide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YVUQSNJEYSNKRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimozide Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(F)=CC=1)CCCN1CCC(N2C(NC3=CC=CC=C32)=O)CC1 YVUQSNJEYSNKRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000540 polacrilin potassium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- WVWZXTJUCNEUAE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound [K+].CC(=C)C([O-])=O.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C WVWZXTJUCNEUAE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000012015 potatoes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003124 powdered cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019814 powdered cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004856 prazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001233 pregabalin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AYXYPKUFHZROOJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N pregabalin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](CN)CC(O)=O AYXYPKUFHZROOJ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- WIKYUJGCLQQFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prochlorperazine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 WIKYUJGCLQQFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003111 prochlorperazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003910 promethazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940126409 proton pump inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000612 proton pump inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WCBMZHEXSA-N pseudoephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WCBMZHEXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003908 pseudoephedrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002804 pyramidal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1 USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004431 quetiapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- URKOMYMAXPYINW-UHFFFAOYSA-N quetiapine Chemical compound C1CN(CCOCCO)CCN1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C12 URKOMYMAXPYINW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinuclidine Chemical compound C1CC2CCN1CC2 SBYHFKPVCBCYGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004157 rabeprazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YREYEVIYCVEVJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N rabeprazole Chemical compound COCCCOC1=CC=NC(CS(=O)C=2NC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)=C1C YREYEVIYCVEVJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMXUWOKSQNHOCA-LCYFTJDESA-N ranitidine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)/C=C(/NC)NCCSCC1=CC=C(CN(C)C)O1 VMXUWOKSQNHOCA-LCYFTJDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000620 ranitidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001534 risperidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N risperidone Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(C3CCN(CC3)CCC=3C(=O)N4CCCCC4=NC=3C)=NOC2=C1 RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000371 rofecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RZJQGNCSTQAWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N rofecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)OC1 RZJQGNCSTQAWON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000953 salsalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003548 sec-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940125723 sedative agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001624 sedative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008790 seltzer Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003369 serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940083037 simethicone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000046 skin rash Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011083 sodium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium docusate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940005573 sodium fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019294 sodium fumarate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074404 sodium succinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001032 spinal nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002330 subarachnoid space Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000009032 substance abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPLOVIFNBMNBPD-ATHMIXSHSA-N subtilin Chemical compound CC1SCC(NC2=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C(C)CC)C(=O)NC(=C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(O)=O)CSC(C)C2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C(=C/C)/NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C2NC(=O)CNC(=O)C3CCCN3C(=O)C(NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(=C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(N)CC=4C5=CC=CC=C5NC=4)CSC3)C(C)SC2)C(C)C)C(C)SC1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WPLOVIFNBMNBPD-ATHMIXSHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N sulindac Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CC=C(S(C)=O)C=C1 MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000894 sulindac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009747 swallowing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008337 systemic blood flow Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003080 taurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003188 temazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylthiuram disulfide Natural products CCN(CC)C(=S)SSC(=S)N(CC)CC AUZONCFQVSMFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011287 therapeutic dose Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XCTYLCDETUVOIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiethylperazine Chemical compound C12=CC(SCC)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C2N1CCCN1CCN(C)CC1 XCTYLCDETUVOIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004869 thiethylperazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003553 thiiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002784 thioridazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005013 tiotixene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002640 tocopherol group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019149 tocopherols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004394 topiramate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002646 transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004665 trialkylsilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JOFWLTCLBGQGBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N triazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl JOFWLTCLBGQGBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003386 triazolam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl 2-acetyloxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C(=O)OCC)(OC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCC WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZEWQUBUPAILYHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoperazine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 ZEWQUBUPAILYHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002324 trifluoperazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001032 trihexyphenidyl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005591 trimellitate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FQCQGOZEWWPOKI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisalicylate-choline Chemical compound [Mg+2].C[N+](C)(C)CCO.OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O.OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O.OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O FQCQGOZEWWPOKI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002438 upper gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- PNVNVHUZROJLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N venlafaxine Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(CN(C)C)C1(O)CCCCC1 PNVNVHUZROJLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004688 venlafaxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003519 ventilatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940053347 vicoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940117958 vinyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006163 vinyl copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000008939 whole milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005019 zein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093612 zein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BPKIMPVREBSLAJ-QTBYCLKRSA-N ziconotide Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H]3C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC2)C(N)=O)=O)CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CSSC3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N1)=O)CCSC)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BPKIMPVREBSLAJ-QTBYCLKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002811 ziconotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc stearate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O XOOUIPVCVHRTMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960000607 ziprasidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MVWVFYHBGMAFLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ziprasidone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N3CCN(CC3)CCC3=CC=4CC(=O)NC=4C=C3Cl)=NSC2=C1 MVWVFYHBGMAFLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004711 α-olefin Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
- A61K9/1605—Excipients; Inactive ingredients
- A61K9/1629—Organic macromolecular compounds
- A61K9/1635—Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly(meth)acrylates
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
- A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
- A61K31/195—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
- A61K31/197—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid or pantothenic acid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
- A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
- A61K31/25—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids with polyoxyalkylated alcohols, e.g. esters of polyethylene glycol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/14—Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
- A61K9/16—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
- A61K9/167—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction with an outer layer or coating comprising drug; with chemically bound drugs or non-active substances on their surface
- A61K9/1676—Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction with an outer layer or coating comprising drug; with chemically bound drugs or non-active substances on their surface having a drug-free core with discrete complete coating layer containing drug
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/5073—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals having two or more different coatings optionally including drug-containing subcoatings
- A61K9/5078—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals having two or more different coatings optionally including drug-containing subcoatings with drug-free core
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (R)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treating a disease comprising orally administering such dosage forms.
- ( ⁇ )-4-Amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (baclofen), (1), is an analog of gamma-aminobutyric acid (i.e., GABA) that selectively activates GABA B receptors, resulting in neuronal hyperpolarization.
- GABA B receptors are located in laminae I-IV of the spinal cord, where primary sensory fibers end. These G-protein coupled receptors activate conductance by K + -selective ion channels and can reduce currents mediated by Ca 2+ channels in certain neurons.
- Baclofen has a pre-synaptic inhibitory effect on the release of excitatory neurotransmitters and also acts postsynaptically to decrease motor neuron firing (see Bowery, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 1989, 10, 401-7; and Misgeld et ah, Prog. Neurobiol. 1995, 46, 423-62).
- a principal pharmacological effect of baclofen in mammals is reduction of muscle tone and the drug is frequently used in the treatment of spasticity (Price et ah, nature 1984, 307, 71-4).
- Spasticity is associated with damage to the corticospinal tract and is a common complication of neurological disease.
- Diseases and conditions in which spasticity may be a prominent symptom include cerebral palsy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, head and spinal cord injuries, traumatic brain injury, anoxia, and neurodegenerative diseases.
- Patients with spasticity complain of stiffness, involuntary spasm, and pain. These painful spasms may be spontaneous or triggered by a minor sensory stimulus, such as touching the patient.
- Baclofen is also useful in controlling gastro -esophageal reflux disease (van Herwaarden et ah, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 2002, 16, 1655-62; Ciccaglione et al., Gut 2003, 52, 464-70; Andrews et al, U.S. Patent No. 6,117,908; and Fara et al, International Publication No. WO 02/096404); in promoting alcohol abstinence in alcoholics (Gessa et al, International Publication No. WO 01/26638); in promoting smoking cessation (Gessa et al, International Publication No.
- WO 01/08675 in reducing addiction liability of narcotic agents (Robson et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,126,684); in the treatment of emesis (Bountra et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,719,185); as an anti-tussive for the treatment of cough (Kreutner et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,006,560); in treating neuropathic pain such as trigeminal neuralgia (Bowsher, Br. Med. Bull.
- Baclofen may be administered orally or by intrathecal delivery through a surgically implanted programmable pump.
- the drug is rapidly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract and has an elimination half-life of approximately 3-4 hours.
- Baclofen is partially metabolized in the liver but is largely excreted by the kidneys unchanged.
- the short half-life of baclofen necessitates frequent administration with typical oral dosing regimens ranging from about 10 to about 80 mg of three or four divided doses daily.
- Plasma baclofen concentrations of about 80 to about 400 ng/mL result from these therapeutically effective doses in patients (Katz, Am. J. Phys. Med. Rehabil. 1988, 67(3), 108-16; and Krach, J. Child Neurol.
- baclofen therapy When baclofen is given orally, sedation is an adverse effect, particularly at elevated doses. Impairment of cognitive function, confusion, memory loss, dizziness, weakness, ataxia, and orthostatic hypotension are other commonly encountered adverse effects of baclofen therapy.
- Intrathecal administration is often recommended for patients who find the adverse effects of oral baclofen intolerable.
- the intrathecal use of baclofen permits effective treatment of spasticity with doses less than 1/100 th of those required orally, since administration directly into the spinal subarachnoid space permits immediate access to the GABA B receptor sites in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord.
- Surgical implantation of a pump is, however, inconvenient and a variety of mechanical and medical complications can arise (e.g., catheter displacement, kinking or blockage, pump failure, sepsis, and deep vein thrombosis).
- baclofen therapy e.g., in cases of mechanical failure
- withdrawal symptoms such as hallucinations, confusion, agitation, and seizures (Sampathkumar et al. , Anesth. Analg. 1998, 57, 562-63).
- baclofen product Lioresal TM
- the GABA B receptor agonist activity resides entirely in one enantiomer, i?-(-)-baclofen (2) (also termed L-baclofen).
- Baclofen a zwitterionic amino acid, lacks the requisite physicochemical characteristics for effective passive permeability across cellular membranes. Passage of the drug across the gastrointestinal tract and the blood-brain barrier (BBB) are mediated primarily by active transport processes rather than by passive diffusion. Accordingly, baclofen is a substrate for active transport mechanisms shared by neutral ⁇ -amino acids such as leucine, and ⁇ -amino acids such as ⁇ -alanine and taurine (van Bree et al, Pharm. Res. 1988, 5(6), 369-71; Cercos-Fortea et al, Biopharm. Drug. Disp.
- Sustained released oral dosage formulations are a conventional solution to the problem of rapid systemic drug clearance, as is well known in the art (see, e.g., "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,” 21 st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005, Chapters 46-47).
- Osmotic delivery systems are also recognized methods for sustained drug delivery (see, e.g., Verma et al, Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm. 2000, 26, 695-708).
- Successful application of these technologies depends on the drug of interest having an effective level of absorption from the large intestine (also referred to herein as the colon) where the dosage form spends a majority of its time during its passage down the gastrointestinal tract.
- Gallop et al. have developed new prodrugs of (K)-baclofen and baclofen analogs that are well absorbed in the large intestine/colon and hence suitable for oral sustained release formulations, thus improving the convenience, efficacy and side effect profile of baclofen therapy (Gallop et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,109,239 and 7,227,028, U.S. Application Publication No. 2007/0054945, and U.S. Application Publication No. 2007/0244331 ; Leung et al, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/884,598 filed January 11, 2007; and Cundy, U.S. Provisional Application No.
- the high oral bioavailability indicates the efficacious use of compound (4) in oral dosage forms, including sustained-release dosage forms, useful for treating a disease in which baclofen is known to be effective such as spasticity and gastroesophageal reflux disease (van Herwaarden et al, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 2002, 16, 1655-62; Ciccaglione et al, Gut 2003, 52, 464-70; Andrews et a!., U.S. Patent No. 6,117,908; and Fara et al, International Publication No. WO 02/096404); in promoting alcohol abstinence in alcoholics (Gessa et al., International Publication No.
- WO 01/26638 in promoting smoking cessation (Gessa et al, International Publication No. WO 01/08675); in reducing addiction liability of narcotic agents (Robson et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,126,684); in the treatment of emesis (Bountra et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,719,185); as an anti-tussive for the treatment of cough (Kreutner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,006,560); in the treatment of neuropathic pain such as trigeminal neuralgia (Bowsher, Br. Med. Bull.
- Controlled release tablet dosage forms comprising (3R)-4- ⁇ [(lS)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid are disclosed by Leung et ah, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/884,598, filed January 11, 2007, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- (i?)-baclofen prodrugs having an enhanced oral bioavailability profile and that are well absorbed in the large intestine/colon can be used in oral sustained release dosage forms to improve the convenience, efficacy, and adverse effect profile of (i?)-baclofen therapy.
- oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprising at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (iZ)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH; wherein the oral dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the oral dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of (3R)-4- ⁇ [(lS)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing are provided, which when administered orally to a patient provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient, wherein the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood plasma of the patient does not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- oral dosage forms comprising a plurality of particles, and at least one pH independent release controlling polymer, which following oral administration to a human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by a C max / Ci 2 ratio ranging from about 1 to about 6, a C max / dose ratio ranging from about 1.25 (lO ⁇ mL) "1 to about 3.25 (lO ⁇ mL) "1 , and an AUC inf / dose ratio ranging from about 13 (hr/10 6 -mL)to about 33 (hr/10 6 -mL).
- methods of treating a disease such as spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, emesis, cough, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, neuropathic pain, or musculoskeletal pain in a patient are provided comprising orally administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising at least one population of controlled- release particles comprising an (i?)-baclofen prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
- a disease such as spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, emesis, cough, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, neuropathic pain, or musculoskeletal pain in a patient are provided comprising orally administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising at least one population of controlled- release particles comprising an (i?)-baclofen prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
- FIG. 1 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising immediate release particles (population (c) particles).
- FIG. 2 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising pH-dependent release particles (population (b) particles).
- FIG. 3 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising pH-independent release particles (population (a) particles).
- FIG. 4 shows the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma of fed healthy human patients following oral administration of capsule dosage forms containing particles comprising compound (4).
- FIG. 5 shows the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma of fasted healthy human patients following oral administration of capsule dosage forms containing particles comprising compound (4).
- FIG. 6 shows the mean (SD) concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules at doses of 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 80 mg compound (4).
- FIG. 7 shows the relationship between the dose of compound (4) and the C max of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules.
- FIG. 8 shows the relationship between the dose of compound (4) and the AUQ nf of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules.
- FIG. 9 shows the mean concentrations of compound (4) and (R)- baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules comprising 10 mg compound (4) at a dose of 80 mg compound (4).
- a dash (“-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -CONH 2 is attached through the carbon atom.
- Adverse drug effects refers to drug effects that are unwanted, unpleasant, noxious, and/or potentially harmful.
- Adverse drug effects can be mild such as digestive disturbance, headaches, fatigue, vague muscle aches, malaise, and changes in sleep patterns.
- Moderate adverse drug effects represent reactions that a person experiencing them considers annoying, distressing, or intolerable such as skin rashes, visual disturbances, muscle tremor, difficulty with urination, perceptible changes in mood or mental function, and/or certain changes in blood components.
- severe adverse drug effects include reactions that may be life threatening, that result in persistent or significant disability or hospitalization, and/or that cause a birth defect.
- Examples of adverse effects known to be associated with baclofen therapy include sedation, impairment of cognitive function, confusion, memory loss, dizziness, weakness, ataxia, blurred or double vision, nausea, shortness of breath, convulsions, and orthostatic hypotension.
- Alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, or straight-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene, or alkyne.
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, and ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, prop-1-en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-l-yl (allyl), prop-1-yn-l-yl, prop-2-yn-l-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, but-1-en-l-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl, but-2-en-yl, buta-l,3-dien-l-yl, buta-l,3-dien-2-yl, but-1-yn-l, but-1-yn-l
- alkyl is specifically intended to include groups having any degree or level of saturation, i.e., groups having exclusively single carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds, and groups having mixtures of single, double, and triple carbon-carbon bonds. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the terms “alkanyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” are used.
- an alkyl group comprises from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, in certain embodiments, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in certain embodiments, from 1 to 8 or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- acyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical - C(O)R 70 , where R 70 is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein.
- acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl, benzylcarbonyl, and the like.
- alkoxy by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical - OR 71 where R 71 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein.
- alkoxy groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
- Aryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
- Aryl encompasses 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings, for example, benzene; bicyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, naphthalene, indane, and tetralin; and tricyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, fluorene.
- Aryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring fused to at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring, cycloalkyl ring, or heterocycloalkyl ring.
- aryl includes 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings fused to a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing one or more heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S.
- bicyclic ring systems wherein only one of the rings is a carbocyclic aromatic ring, the point of attachment may be at the carbocyclic aromatic ring or the heterocycloalkyl ring.
- aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
- an aryl group can comprise from 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and in certain embodiments, from 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Aryl does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl, separately defined herein.
- a multiple ring system in which one or more carbocyclic aromatic rings is fused to a heterocycloalkyl aromatic ring is heteroaryl, not aryl, as defined herein.
- Arylalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group.
- arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-l-yl, 2-phenylethen-l-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-l-yl, 2-naphthylethen-l-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-l-yl, and the like.
- an arylalkyl group is C 7 .
- arylalkyl e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is C 1- I 0 and the aryl moiety is C 6-2 O
- an arylalkyl group is C 7-2O arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is C 1-8 and the aryl moiety is C 6-I2 .
- AUC is the area under a curve representing the concentration of a compound in a biological fluid in a patient as a function of time following administration of the compound to the patient.
- biological fluids include plasma and blood.
- the AUC can be determined by measuring the concentration of a compound in a biological fluid such as the plasma or blood using methods such as liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), at various time intervals, and calculating the area under the plasma concentration-versus-time curve. Suitable methods for calculating the AUC from a drug concentration-versus-time curve are well known in the art.
- an AUC for a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be determined by measuring the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma or blood of a patient following oral administration of a dosage form comprising a prodrug of (R)- baclofen.
- Bioavailability refers to the rate and amount of a drug that reaches the systemic circulation of a patient following administration of the drug or prodrug thereof to the patient and can be determined by evaluating, for example, the plasma or blood concentration-versus-time profile for a drug.
- Parameters useful in characterizing a plasma or blood concentration-versus-time curve include the area under the curve (AUC), the time to peak concentration (T max ), and the maximum drug concentration (C max ), where Cmax is the maximum concentration of a drug in the plasma or blood of a patient following administration of a dose of the drug or form of drug to the patient, and Tmax is the time to the maximum concentration (C max ) of a drug in the plasma or blood of a patient following administration of a dose of the drug or form of drug to the patient.
- Bioequivalence refers to equivalence of the rate and extent of absorption of a drug after administration of equal doses of the drug or prodrug to a patient.
- two pharmacokinetic profiles are bioequivalent if the 90% confidence interval for the ratio of the mean response of the two profiles is within the limits of 0.8 and 1.25.
- the mean response includes at least one of the characteristic parameters of a profile such as C max , T max , and AUC.
- Bioequivalence as used herein is consistent with the term as defined by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and discussed in "Guidance for Industry - Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies for Orally Administered Drug Products" (2003).
- C max is the maximum drug concentration observed in the blood or plasma following administration of a dose of drug.
- T max is the time to the maximum drug concentration (C max ) following administration of a dose of drug.
- T 1Z2 is the time interval between T max and the time at which the drug concentration in the blood or plasma has decreased to one-half the maximum drug concentration.
- Compounds encompassed by structural Formula (I) disclosed herein include any specific compounds within these formulae. Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound.
- the compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore may exist as stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers.
- any chemical structures within the scope of the specification depicted, in whole or in part, with a relative configuration encompass all possible enantiomers and stereoisomers of the illustrated compounds including the stereoisomerically pure form (e g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures.
- Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers using separation techniques or chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan.
- Compounds of Formula (I) include, but are not limited to, optical isomers of compounds of Formula (I), racemates thereof, and other mixtures thereof.
- the single enantiomers or diastereomers, i.e., optically active forms can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column.
- compounds of Formula (I) include Z- and E-forms (e.g., cis- and trans-forms) of compounds with double bonds.
- compounds provided by the present disclosure include all tautomeric forms of the compound.
- the compounds of Formula (I) may also exist in several tautomeric forms including the enol form, the keto form, and mixtures thereof. Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds.
- the compounds of Formula (I) also include isotopically labeled compounds where one or more atoms have an atomic mass different from the atomic mass conventionally found in nature.
- isotopes examples include, but are not limited to, 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 O, etc
- Compounds may exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms and as N-oxides. In general, compounds may be hydrated, solvated, or N-oxides. Certain compounds may exist in single or multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure. [0047] Further, when partial structures of the compounds are illustrated, an asterisk (*) indicates the point of attachment of the partial structure to the rest of the molecule.
- Colonically absorbable prodrug of (i?)-baclofen means a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen, as defined herein, which provides an AUC of (i?)-baclofen following colonic administration of the prodrug that is at least two times greater than the AUC of (i?)-baclofen following colonic administration of an equivalent amount of (i?)-baclofen itself.
- Controlled-release refers to release of a drug from a dosage form in which the drug release is controlled or modified over a period of time. Controlled can mean, for example, sustained, delayed or pulsed-release at a particular time. Controlled can also mean that release of the drug from the dosage form is extended for longer than it would be in an immediate-release dosage form, i.e., at least over several hours.
- Controlled release capsules refer to capsuledosage forms containing a plurality of particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and at least one controlled release polymer.
- the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3R)-4- ⁇ [( 1 S)-2 -methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ - 3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
- the plurality of particles is a population of pH-independent release particles.
- Cycloalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a partially saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature “cycloalkanyl” or “cycloalkenyl” is used. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl group is C 3 - I s cycloalkyl, and in certain embodiments, C ⁇ -n cycloalkyl or C 5-12 cycloalkyl.
- Cycloalkylalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp D carbon atom, is replaced with a cycloalkyl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature cycloalkylalkanyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, or cycloalkylalkynyl is used.
- a cycloalkylalkyl group is C 7-3O cycloalkylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is C 1-10 and the cycloalkyl moiety is C 6-2O , and in certain embodiments, a cycloalkylalkyl group is C 7-2O cycloalkylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is C 1-8 and the cycloalkyl moiety is C4-20 or C 6-12 .
- Disease refers to a disease, disorder, condition, or symptom.
- Dosage form refers to a form of a pharmaceutical formulation that contains an amount of active agent or precursor thereof, e.g., an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, compound (4), and/or (i?)-baclofen, sufficient to achieve a therapeutic effect upon administration to a patient.
- dosage forms include capsules, tablets, and liquid suspensions.
- An oral dosage form is intended to be administered to a patient via the mouth and swallowed. When the formulation is a tablet or capsule, the dosage form is one such tablet or capsule.
- a dose refers to one or more dosage forms administered at about the same time and that are intended to produce a therapeutic effect.
- stomach refers to a patient whose stomach is substantially free of food at the time a dose is administered to the patient and for at least 4 hours following administration.
- the time at which a patient's stomach becomes substantially free of food following a meal can depend on a number of factors including, for example, the size of the meal such as the number of calories, the content of the meal such as the fat content, the health of the patient, and the condition of the patient's gastrointestinal tract.
- the stomach of a healthy human subject is typically substantially free of food after about 4 to about 8 following ingestion of food.
- a fasted patient does not eat any food, but can ingest any amount of water or clear liquid, from about 10 hours prior to dosing until about 4 hours after dosing, drinks about 250 niL of water about 2 hours and about 1 hour prior to dosing and about 250 mL of water about 2 hours after dosing, eats a lunch about 4 hours after dosing, and eats a dinner about 10 hours after dosing.
- a fed patient refers to a patient whose stomach contains food.
- a fed patient begins eating a test meal about 30 minutes prior to dosing and completes eating the test meal about 5 minutes prior to dosing, eats a lunch 4 hours after dosing, and eats a dinner about 10 hours after dosing.
- a test meal may comprise a high fat (about 50% of the total number of calories in the test meal) and high calorie (about 1,000 total calories) breakfast such as, for example, two eggs fried in butter, two strips of bacon, two slices of wheat toast with butter, four ounces of hash brown potatoes, and eight ounces of whole milk.
- a test meal may contain about 150 protein calories, 250 carbohydrate calories, and about 500 to 600 fat calories.
- Halogen refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo group.
- Heteroalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refer to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic groups. In some embodiments, heteroalkyl groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- Heteroaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system. Heteroaryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one aromatic ring fused to at least one other ring, which can be aromatic or non-aromatic in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom.
- Heteroaryl encompasses 5- to 12-membered aromatic, such as 5- to 7-membered, monocyclic rings containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon; and bicyclic heterocycloalkyl rings containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon and wherein at least one heteroatom is present in an aromatic ring.
- heteroaryl includes a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl, aromatic ring fused to a 5- to 7-membered cycloalkyl ring.
- bicyclic heteroaryl ring systems wherein only one of the rings contains one or more heteroatoms, the point of attachment may be at the heteroaromatic ring or the cycloalkyl ring.
- the heteroatoms when the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds one, the heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another.
- the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than two.
- the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than one.
- Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined herein.
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from acridine, arsindole, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phfhalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinox
- a heteroaryl group is from 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments from 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl or from 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.
- Heteroarylalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylalkenyl, or heteroarylalkynyl is used.
- a heteroarylalkyl group is a 6- to 30-membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is 1- to 10-membered and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments, 6- to 20-membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is 1- to 8-membered and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl.
- Heterocycloalkyl by Itself or as part of another substituent refers to a partially saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatom.
- heteroatoms to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature “heterocycloalkanyl” or “heterocycloalkenyl” is used.
- heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from epoxides, azirines, thiiranes, imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
- Prodrug of (i?)-baclofen or “prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provided by the present disclosure” refers to a compound in which a promoiety that is cleavable in vivo, and is covalently bound to (i?)-baclofen.
- a prodrug may be actively transported by transporters expressed in the enterocytes lining the gastrointestinal tract and/or be passively absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract.
- Prodrugs of (i?)-baclofen can be stable in the gastrointestinal tract and following absorption are cleaved in the systemic circulation to release (i?)-baclofen.
- a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provides a greater oral bioavailability of (R)- baclofen compared to the oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen when administered as a uniform liquid immediate release formulation.
- a prodrug of (R)- baclofen provides a high oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen, for example, exhibiting a (i?)-baclofen oral bioavailability that is at least 10 times greater than the oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen when orally administered in an equivalent dosage form.
- a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen is a compound having a structure of Formula (I):
- R 1 is chosen from acyl, substituted acyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
- R 2 and R 3 are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl or; R 2 and R 3 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a ring chosen from a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl ring; and
- R 4 is chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, aryldialkylsilyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, and trialkylsilyl.
- the substituent group is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, -COOH, -CN, and Ci -4 alkyl.
- each substituent group is independently chosen from halogen, - NO 2 , -OH, -COOH, -NH 2 , -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , Ci -8 alkyl, substituted C 1-8 alkyl, Ci -8 alkoxy, and substituted Ci -8 alkoxy.
- R 1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, /-z-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, r ⁇ -pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, 1,1-diethoxyethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, and 4-pyridyl; R 2 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and cyclohexyl; R 3 is hydrogen; and R 4 is hydrogen.
- R 1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, and 3-pyridyl;
- R 2 is hydrogen;
- R 3 is hydrogen; and
- R 4 is hydrogen.
- R 1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, isopropyl, ⁇ -butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, andcyclohexyl
- R 2 is chosen from methyl, ⁇ -propyl, and isopropyl
- R 3 is hydrogen
- R 4 is hydrogen
- the compound is substantially one diastereomer.
- R 1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, and cyclohexyl;
- R 2 is isopropyl;
- R 3 is hydrogen; and
- R 4 is hydrogen.
- R 1 is isopropyl
- R 2 is isopropyl
- R 3 is hydrogen
- R 4 is hydrogen
- the stereochemistry at the carbon to which R 2 and R 3 are bonded is of the ⁇ -configuration.
- the stereochemistry at the carbon atom to which R 2 and R 3 are bonded is of the ⁇ -configuration.
- the (7?)-baclofen prodrug is (3i?)-4- ⁇ [( 1 S)-2 -methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ - 3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
- immediate release refers to formulations or dosage forms that rapidly dissolve in vitro and are intended to be completely dissolved and absorbed in the stomach or upper gastrointestinal tract. Such formulations can release at least 90% of an active compound or precursor thereof within about 15 minutes, within about 30 minutes, within about one hour, or within about two hours following administering the dosage form.
- Minimum adverse concentration refers to the minimum concentration of a therapeutic compound in, for example, the blood or plasma of a patient, which does not produce an unacceptable adverse drug effect.
- the unacceptability of an adverse drug effect can be determined, for example, by the patient or the prescribing physician based at least in part on the severity of the adverse drug effect and/or the perceived risk in view of the therapeutic benefits of the compound being administered to the patient.
- the minimum adverse concentration can also depend, at least in part, on the age, weight and health of the patient being treated, the disease, disorder, or condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
- Minimum therapeutically effective concentration refers to the minimum concentration of a therapeutic compound in, for example, the blood or plasma of a patient, which produces an intended therapeutic effect.
- Parent aromatic ring system refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated ⁇ (pi) electron system. Included within the definition of "parent aromatic ring system” are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, fluorene, indane, indene, phenalene, etc.
- parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
- Parent heteroaromatic ring system refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatom.
- heteroatoms to replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc.
- fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, arsindole, benzodioxan, benzofuran, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc.
- parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, arsindole, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadia
- “Pharmaceutical composition” refers to at least one (iJ)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle, with which the at least one (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) is administered to a patient.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, for example, in humans.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound, which possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
- Such salts include: acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is the hydrochloride salt, and in certain embodiments, the sodium salt.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle” refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or a combination of any of the foregoing with which a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) may be administered to a patient and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof, and which is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective amount of the compound.
- Promoiety refers to a chemical group, i.e. moiety, bonded to a drug, typically to a functional group of the drug, via bond(s) that are cleavable under specified conditions of use.
- the bond(s) between the drug and promoiety may be cleaved by enzymatic or non-enzymatic means. Under the conditions of use, for example following administration to a patient, the bond(s) between the drug and promoiety may be cleaved to release the parent drug.
- Cleavage of the promoiety may proceed spontaneously, such as via a hydrolysis reaction, or may be catalyzed or induced by another agent, such as by an enzyme, by light, by acid, or by a change of or exposure to a physical or environmental parameter such as a change of temperature, pH, etc.
- the agent may be endogenous to the conditions of use, such as an enzyme present in the systemic circulation of a patient to which the prodrug is administered or the acidic conditions of the stomach or the agent may be supplied exogenously.
- the promoiety is:
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are as defined herein, and the drug is (i?)-baclofen.
- Patient refers to a mammal, for example a human.
- Standard sedation refers to minimal sedation and/or moderate sedation (see e.g., American Society of Anesthesiologists, Anesthesiology 2002, 96, 1004-17).
- Minimal sedation also referred to as anxiolysis, is a minimally depressed level of consciousness that retains the patient's ability to independently and continuously maintain an airway and respond appropriately to physical stimulation or verbal command that is produced by a pharmacological or non-pharmacological method or combination thereof.
- cognitive function and coordination may be modestly impaired, ventilatory and cardiovascular functions are unaffected.
- Moderate sedation is a drug-induced depression of consciousness during which patients respond purposefully to verbal commands, either alone or accompanied by light tactile stimulation. No intervention is required to maintain a patient's airway. Sedation is a continuum and it is not always possible to predict how an individual patient will respond.
- a sedative dose can be determined by incremental dosing, administering multiple doses of a drug, such as a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provided by the present disclosure, until a desired effect is reached.
- a variety of scales can be used to assess sedation including, for example, the Ramsay scale (Ramsay et ah, Br Med J 1914, 2, 656-659), and the Observer's Assessment of Alertness/Sedation scale (Chernik et ah, J CHn Psychopharmacol 1990, 10, 244-251), and others ⁇ see e.g., Sessler, Chest 2004, 726 " , 1727-1730).
- Objective measures of sedation include measurement of electroencephalogram parameters such as the Bispectral Index version XP and the Patient State Analyzer ⁇ see, e.g., Chisholm et ah, Mayo CHn Proc 2006, 81(1), 46-52; and Tonner et ah, Best Pr act Res CHn Anaesthesiol 2006, 20(1), 191-2000).
- sedation refers to minimal sedation, and in certain embodiments, moderate sedation.
- solvent molecules refers to a molecular complex of a compound with one or more solvent molecules in a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount.
- solvent molecules are those commonly used in the pharmaceutical art, which are known to be innocuous to a recipient, e.g., water, ethanol, and the like.
- a molecular complex of a compound or moiety of a compound and a solvent can be stabilized by non-covalent intra-molecular forces such as, for example, electrostatic forces, van der Waals forces, or hydrogen bonds.
- hydrate refers to a complex where the one or more solvent molecules are water including monohydrates and hemi-hydrates.
- substantially one diastereomer refers to a compound containing two or more stereogenic centers such that the diastereomeric excess (d.e.) of the compound is greater than or at least about 90%.
- the diastereomeric excess is the ration of the percentage of one diastereomer in a mixture to that of another diastereomer.
- the diastereomeric excess is, for example, greater than or at least 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%.
- Substituted refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
- substituted aryl and substituted heteroaryl include one or more of the following substitute groups: F, Cl, Br, Ci -3 alkyl, substituted C L3 alkyl, C 1-3 alkoxy, substituted C 1-3 alkoxy, -S(O) 2 NR 60 R 61 , -NR 60 R 61 , -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -CN, -NR 60 S(O) 2 R 61 , -NR 60 C(O)R 61 , C 3- io aiyl, substituted C5.10 aryl, C5.10 heteroaryl, substituted C 5 .
- each substituent group can independently be chosen from halogen, -NO 2 , -OH, -COOH, -NH 2 , -CN, -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , C ⁇ 8 alkyl, substituted Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 alkoxy, and substituted C 1-8 alkoxy.
- sustained release refers to release of a compound such as a drug or prodrug from a dosage form at a rate effective to achieve a therapeutic or prophylactic amount of the drug, in the systemic blood circulation over a prolonged period of time relative to that achieved by oral administration of an immediate release formulation of the compound.
- release of the compound occurs over a period of at least about 4 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 8 hours, in some embodiments over a period of at least about 12 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 16 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 20 hours, and in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours.
- a sustained-release dosage form provides a concentration of the therapeutic compound in the blood and/or plasma of a patient, which is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration and less than an adverse concentration for a continuous period of time such as for example for a period of at least about 4 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 8 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 12 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 16 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours, and in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours.
- Treating" or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers to arresting or ameliorating a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, reducing the risk of acquiring a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, reducing the development of a disease, disorder or at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease or disorder, or reducing the risk of developing a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder.
- Treating” or “treatment” also refers to inhibiting the disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both, and to inhibiting at least one physical parameter which may or may not be discernible to the patient.
- “treating” or “treatment” refers to delaying the onset of the disease or disorder or at least one or more symptoms thereof in a patient which may be exposed to or predisposed to a disease or disorder even though that patient does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease or disorder.
- “Therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease or disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, is sufficient to affect such treatment of the disease, disorder, or symptom.
- the "therapeutically effective amount” can vary depending, for example, on the compound, the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease or disorder, severity of the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease or disorder, the age, weight, and/or health of the patient to be treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. An appropriate therapeutically effective amount in any given instance may be ascertained by those skilled in the art or capable of determination by routine experimentation.
- Therapeutically effective dose refers to a dose of a drug, prodrug or active metabolite of a prodrug that provides effective treatment of a disease or disorder in a patient.
- a therapeutically effective dose may vary from compound to compound and from patient to patient, and may depend upon factors such as the condition of the patient and the route of delivery.
- a therapeutically effective dose may comprise one or more dosage forms.
- a therapeutically effective dose may be determined in accordance with routine pharmacological procedures known to those skilled in the art.
- Certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure provide oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, comprising at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH; wherein the oral dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the oral dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- the dosage form further comprises (c), a population of (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the population (c) particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing substantially all of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution within about 1 hour of being placed in the solution.
- an oral dosage form comprises a combination of particle populations (a) and (b).
- an oral dosage form comprises a combination of a first particle population (a) having a first release profile that is independent of the solution pH, and a second particle population (a) having a second release profile that is independent of the solution pH, wherein the second release profile is different than the first release profile.
- an oral dosage form comprises a combination of a first particle population (b) having a third release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, and a second particle population (b) having a fourth release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the fourth release profile is different than the third release profile.
- an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (a) and (c). In certain embodiments, an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (b) and (c). In certain embodiments, an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (a), (b), and (C).
- the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3R)-4- ⁇ [( ⁇ S)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing.
- the (3i?)-4- ⁇ [(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino ⁇ -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is in a crystalline form.
- Population (a), (b), and (c) particles can comprise cores having a coating containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- population (c) particles release a (R)- baclofen prodrug from the particles upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid.
- population (a) and (b) particles have a controlled-release coating.
- the controlled-release coating modifies the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle compared to a population (c) particle having the same composition.
- Population (c) particles can comprise any form of immediate release (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- Immediate release particles can comprise uncoated particulates, granules, and/or powders of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, can include particulates, granules, and/or pellets of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug coated with a highly soluble immediate release coating such as Opadry® type coating, as are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,098,715), or can comprise inert cores having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug.
- Inert cores useful in the practice of the present disclosure can comprise any appropriate type of core material useful in pharmaceutical applications, which can be water insoluble, such as cellulose spheres or silicon dioxide, or can be water soluble such as starch and/or sugar.
- a core can comprise beads, ion-exchange resin beads, spheroids, spheres, seeds, pellets, granules, or other particulate form.
- a core can comprise a material such as sugar, starch, sugar and starch, sucrose crystals, extruded and dried spheres comprising excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose and lactose, or an acidic or alkaline buffer crystal such as calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, fumaric acid, tartaric acid which can alter the microenvironment of the drug to facilitate release of the drug.
- a core comprises sugar (Sugar Sphere NF).
- a core can have any appropriate dimension suitable for oral delivery.
- a core can have a diameter ranging from about 15 mesh to about 50 mesh, from about 20 mesh to about 25 mesh, or from about 30 mesh to about 35 mesh.
- the diameter of a core can range from about 0.25 mm to about 3 mm, and in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mm to about 1 mm.
- Inert cores can be coated with a formulation comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- the coating can further include a binding agent to provide adhesion between a core and a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- the binding agent can be water-soluble and can include any appropriate binding agent known in the art such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), polymethacrylate, ethyl cellulose, or combinations of any of the foregoing.
- the binding agent is a polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer such as Povidone USP, EP (Plasdone K29/32).
- the amount of binder comprising a coating composition ranges from about 2 wt% to about 10 wt%, and in certain embodiments from about 4 wt% to about 6 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating composition.
- a coating comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be applied to a core by any appropriate method known in the pharmaceutical industry such as fluidized bed coating, rotor granulation, pan coating, or spray coating.
- a suspension of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a binder can be formed in a low viscosity solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, acetone, water, or mixtures of any of the foregoing. The suspension can then be applied to a core to provide a coating thickness sufficient to provide the desired amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- such coated cores can be used as population (c) particles.
- immediate release particles may comprise particles having an active core comprising compound (4).
- Active cores comprising a (iJ)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may further comprise any appropriate vehicle, for example, any of those disclosed herein.
- Cores comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may be granules formed by granulation methods known to those skilled in the art.
- Cores comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may be coated with a coating that may or may not comprise a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4).
- one or more additional coatings can be applied to particles having a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- the purpose of the one or more additional coatings can be for physical protection, and/or to facilitate further processing of the particles.
- These sealant or barrier coatings are not intended to modify or affect the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the oral dosage form in the gastrointestinal tract.
- These additional coatings can also be applied to particles, e.g., immediate-release particles, comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug by methods known to those skilled in the art and as disclosed herein.
- Examples of materials useful in coatings for physical protection include permeable or soluble materials such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl ethylcellulose, and xanthan gum.
- Examples of materials useful in coatings to facilitate further processing include talc, colloidal silica, polyvinyl alcohol, titanium dioxide, micronized silica, fumed silica, glycerol monostearate, magnesium trisilicate, magnesium stearate, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- one or more additional coatings that impart desired release properties can be applied to a core having a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- Such particles are referred to herein as controlled-release particles.
- Controlled release particles have a controlled-release coating surrounding a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug on an inert core.
- a controlled-release coating modifies or controls the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a controlled-release particle in the gastrointestinal tract.
- Controlled-release coating materials include bioerodible, gradually hydrolysable, gradually water-soluble, enzymatically degradable polymers, and/or enteric polymers.
- Enteric polymers become soluble in the higher pH environment of the lower gastrointestinal tract or slowly erode as the polymer passes through the gastrointestinal tract, while enzymatically degradable polymers are degraded by bacterial enzymes present in the lower gastrointestinal tract, for example, in the colon.
- a controlled-release particle having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug is further coated with a pH-dependent release polymer, which is insoluble in the acid environment of the stomach, insoluble in the environment of the small intestines, and soluble in the conditions within the lower small intestine or upper large intestine (e.g., above pH 7.0) release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the particle can be minimized or prevented in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract.
- coating materials for effecting controlled or modified release include, but are not limited to, cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate trimellitate, and carboxymethylcellulose sodium; acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoethyl methacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), methacrylic acid alkylamide copolymer, poly(methyl methacrylate), polymethacrylate, poly(methyl methacrylate) copolymers, polyacrylamide, aminoalkyl methacrylate copoly
- a controlled-release coating can provide pH- dependent release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle having a coating of a (K)- baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract.
- pH-dependent release particles are also referred to herein as population (b) particles.
- a pH-dependent coating is designed to release a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle in a desired area or areas of the gastrointestinal tract such as the small intestine and/or colon depending on the pH of the gastrointestinal fluid in the desired area of the gastrointestinal tract.
- pH-dependent coating materials useful in certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure include shellac, cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methacrylic acid ester copolymers, zein, and the like.
- a pH-dependent coating can be a copolymer synthesized from diethylaminoethyl methacrylate and other neutral methacrylic esters, also known as methacrylic acid copolymers or polymer methacrylates, commercially available as Eudragit (Rohm Pharma). There are several different types of Eudragit polymers useful for imparting pH-dependent release properties.
- Eudragit TM E is a methacrylic copolymer that swells and dissolves in acidic media.
- Eudragit L is a methacrylic acid copolymer that does not swell at about pH ⁇ 5.7 and is soluble at about pH > 6.
- Eudragit " S does not swell at about pH ⁇ 6.5 and is soluble at about pH > 7.
- Eudragit TM S and Eudragit TM L can be used as single components in a controlled-release coating or in a combination in any ratio to achieve desired release properties. By using a combination of copolymers, a controlled release coating can exhibit a solubility at a pH between the pHs at which, for example, Eudragit TM S and Eudragit TM L are separately soluble.
- a controlled-release coating can provide pH- independent release of a (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug from a particle having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract.
- pH-independent release particles are also referred to herein as population (a) particles.
- a pH-independent coating is designed to release a (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug from a controlled-release particle at a rate independent of the pH.
- Ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit TM RS and Eudragit TM RL are examples of useful pH-independent polymers.
- Eudragit RL and Eudragit RS are acrylic resins comprising copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups. The ammonium groups are present as salts and impart permeability to the lacquer films.
- Eudragit RL and Eudragit RS swell in water and digestive juices, in a pH-independent manner. In the swollen state coatings formed therefrom are permeable to water and release or dissolve active compounds.
- Eudragit TM RL and Eudragit RS can be used alone in a pH-independent coating, combined together, combined with other ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, or other methacrylic acid copolymers to achieve a desired release property.
- a controlled-release coating can comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable acrylic polymer including, for example, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoethyl methacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), methacrylic acid alkylamide copolymer, poly(methyl methacrylate), polymethacrylate, poly(methyl methacrylate) copolymers, polyacrylamide, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer, poly(methacrylic acid anhydride), glycidyl methacrylate co-polymers, ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers including, for example, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoe
- a coating comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or other coating used to form immediate- or controlled-release particles provided by the present disclosure such as a sealant coating, a barrier coating, a pH-dependent release coating, and a pH- independent release coating can also comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as, for example, surfactants, lubricants, diluents, plasticizers, anti- adherents, glidants, buffers, disintegrants, fillers, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, pH-modifying agents, stabilizing agents, chelating agents, binders, thickening agents, coloring agents, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as, for example, surfactants, lubricants, diluents, plasticizers, anti- adherents, glidants, buffers, disintegrants, fillers, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, pH-
- surfactants useful in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings include pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric (amphiphatic/ampophilic) surfactants, non- ionic surfactants, polyethyleneglycol esters or ethers, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- useful pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants include monovalent alkyl carboxylates, acyl lactylates, alkyl ether carboxylates, JV-acyl sarcosinates, polyvalent alkyl carbonates, N-acyl glutamates, fatty acid-polypeptide condensates, sulfuric acid esters, alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, ethoxylated alkyl sulfates, ester linked sulfonates such as docusate sodium and dioctyl sodium succinate, alpha olefin sulfonates, or phosphated ethoxylated alcohols.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable cationic surfactants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include monoalkyl quaternary ammonium slats, dialkyl quaternary ammonium compounds, amidoamines, and aminimides.
- Examples of useful pharmaceutically acceptable amphoteric surfactants include TV-substituted alkyl amides, N-alkyl betaines, sulfobetaines, and N-alkyl-6-aminopropionates.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable polyethyleneglycol esters or ethers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil, or hydrogenated castor oil.
- Lubricants and anti-static agents may be included in a pharmaceutically acceptable coating to aid in processing.
- lubricants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include calcium stearate, glycerol behenate, glyceryl monostearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, polyethylene glycol, sodium stearyl fumarate, sodium lauryl sulfate, stearic acid, talc, vegetable oil, zinc stearate, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- the lubricant is glyceryl monostearate.
- coatings may comprise an amount of lubricant ranging from about 1 wt% to about 15 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating.
- Plasticizers may be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings to improve the physical properties of the cured coating.
- plasticizers may increase the flexibility or elasticity of a coating comprising a film-forming material having a relatively high glass transition temperature such as ethyl cellulose.
- plasticizers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include adipates, azelate, benzoates, citrates, isoebucates, phthalates, sebacates, stearates, glycols, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triacetin, dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dibutyl sebacate, triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, triethyl acetyl citrate, acetyltributylcitrate, glyceryl triacetate, castor oil, acetylated monoglycerides, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- Glidants may be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings to reduce sticking effects during processing, film formation, and/or drying.
- examples of glidants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include talc, magnesium stearate, glycerol monostearate, colloidal silicon dioxide, precipitated silicon dioxide, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- pH-buffering agents useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include citric acid, sodium citrate, fumaric acid, sodium fumarate, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- pH modifying agents can create a microenvironment around released (i?)-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen metabolite when exposed to aqueous fluids.
- pH-modifying agents may drive the prodrug or the (i?)-baclofen metabolite to its net neutral form, thereby enhancing its absorption through the intestinal epithelia.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable alkaline pH modifying agents include, for example, L-lysine, L-arginine, sodium citrate, and magnesium hydroxide.
- pharmaceutically acceptable acidic pH modifying agents include, for example, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, and succinic acid.
- stabilizers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include anti-oxidants such as 3,5-di-fert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene (BHA), 3-(or 2)-ferz 1 -butyl-4-hydroxyanisole (BHT), ascorbic acids, tocopherols, and the like.
- anti-oxidants such as 3,5-di-fert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene (BHA), 3-(or 2)-ferz 1 -butyl-4-hydroxyanisole (BHT), ascorbic acids, tocopherols, and the like.
- Binders may be included in coating compositions to hold the components of a coating together.
- binders useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include, for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sugars, dextran, cornstarch, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- the binder is polyvinylpyrrolidone such as Plasdone ® K29/32 Plasdone (ISP Technologies, Wayne, NJ).
- Anti-foaming agents may also be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings.
- examples of anti-foaming agents useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include silicone and simethicone.
- pigments useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include titanium dioxide, food color lakes, and iron oxides.
- Controlled release coatings provided by the present disclosure may also comprise erosion-promoting agents such as starch and gums, materials useful for making microporous lamina in the use environment such as polycarbonates characterized by linear polyesters of carbonic acid in which carbonate groups reoccur in the polymer chain, and/or semi-permeable polymers such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, lactose, and metal stearates.
- erosion-promoting agents such as starch and gums
- materials useful for making microporous lamina in the use environment such as polycarbonates characterized by linear polyesters of carbonic acid in which carbonate groups reoccur in the polymer chain, and/or semi-permeable polymers such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, lactose, and metal stearates.
- Release of a prodrug of (i ⁇ )-baclofen from controlled release particles may further be influenced, for example, adjusted to a desired release rate, by providing one or more pores or passageways through one or more coatings.
- Release-modifying materials which may be incorporated into controlled release coatings, and which function as pore-formers may be organic or inorganic, include materials that can be dissolved, extracted, or leached from the coating in the environment of use, e.g., the gastrointestinal tract or in a certain region or regions of the gastrointestinal tract, such as hydrophilic materials, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose.
- the combination of all solid components of the polymeric material can provide an about 10% to about 450% weight gain to the cores. In certain embodiments, the weight gain is about 30 to about 160%.
- any of the controlled-release materials can be combined with one or more other controlled release materials to provide a controlled-release coating, or can be provided as separate coatings, eac coating comprising one or more controlled-release materials applied to a core comprising a coating of a (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug.
- a dosage form can be a capsule, a tablet, or a liquid suspension.
- a dosage form can be of any shape suitable for oral administration of a drug, such as spheroidal, cube-shaped oval, or ellipsoidal.
- a dosage form can be prepared from the particles in a manner known in the art and can further include additional pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, as appropriate.
- one or more populations of controlled-release particles and optional population of immediate release particles can be placed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen when orally ingested.
- one or more populations of controlled release particles and optional population of immediate-release particles can be compressed into a tablet using tableting equipment and known techniques. Techniques and compositions for making tablets (compressed and molded) capsules (hard and soft gelatin), and pills are also described in, for example, "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,” 21 st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005, Chapter 45. Tablet dosage forms can be prepared by various conventional mixing, comminution and fabrication techniques readily apparent to those skilled in the chemistry of drug formulations.
- Excipients useful in tablet formulations include, for example, an inert diluent such as lactose, granulating and disintegrating agents, such as cornstarch, binding agents, such as starch, and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate.
- a tablet can comprise a unit dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, or in the case of a mini-tablet, which comprises less than a unit dose, mini-tablets can be filled into capsules to provide a unit dose.
- a tablet can be a multilayer tablet in which different layers contain different particle populations and/or different excipients that affect the release properties of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from each tablet layer. Tablets can be disintegrating tablets, fast dissolving tablets, effervescent tablets, fast melt tablets, chewable tablets, crushable tablets, and/or mini-tablets.
- Disintegrants can be included in a tablet formulation to cause a tablet to break apart, for example, by expansion of a disintegrants when exposed to water.
- useful disintegrants include water swellable substances such as low- substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (sodium croscarmellose), sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl starch, ion-exchange resins, microcrystalline cellulose, starches and pregelatinized starch, formalin-casein, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- Fillers can be included in dosage forms provided by the present disclosure.
- a filler can be a water insoluble filler, water soluble filler, or combinations of any of the foregoing.
- useful water insoluble fillers include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, talc, alumina, starch, kaolin, polacrilin potassium, powdered cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, fumed silica, glyceryl monostearate, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, colloidal silica, micronized silica, magnesium trisilicate, gypsum, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- water-soluble fillers include water soluble sugars and sugar alcohols, such as lactose, glucose, fructose, sucrose, mannose, dextrose, galactose, the corresponding sugar alcohols and other sugar alcohols, such as mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- sugar alcohols such as lactose, glucose, fructose, sucrose, mannose, dextrose, galactose
- corresponding sugar alcohols and other sugar alcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- a dosage form can comprise a suspension in which one or more populations of particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug are dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent formulation.
- a solvent formulation can include water, ethanol, flavorings, colorings, or combinations of any of the foregoing.
- Liquid oral dosage forms can include aqueous and non-aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, coloring agents, and flavoring agents, preservatives, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- the solvent of an aqueous-based orally acceptable pharmaceutical carrier is entirely or predominantly water and can include a suspending agent.
- carriers include aqueous solutions, syrups, elixirs, dispersions, suspensions, emulsions such as oil-in- water emulsions, and microemulsions.
- suspending agents include microcrystalline cellulose/sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, guar gum, and the like.
- Co-solvents useful to solubilize and incorporate water-insoluble ingredients into a suspension include propylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol solution, and the like.
- a liquid formulation can include excipients such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspension agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming, and preserving agents.
- excipients such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspension agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming, and preserving agents.
- suspension agents include ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, tragacanth, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
- controlled-release particles and optional immediate-release particles can be incorporated into gels such as ion-exchange resin containing gel compositions.
- controlled-release particles and optional immediate-release particles can be provided in a sachet, capsule, or other suitable packaging material as a unit dose in which the contents can be reconstituted at the time of use into a suitable vehicle such as water.
- the dose-containing package can further include excipients to facilitate the dispersion of the particles in water.
- the relative quantity of each population of particles can depend on the release profile of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract intended to be achieved.
- a dosage form comprising (i?)-baclofen prodrug provides a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient ranges from about 1 ng/mL to about 400 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, from about 10 ng/mL to about 200 ng/mL.
- a dosage form can provide a blood or plasma concentration profile of (i?)-baclofen substantially as shown in any one of FIGS. 6 and 9 following oral administration to a patient.
- a dosage from can provide a blood or plasma concentration profile of (i?)-baclofen that is bioequivalent to a profile shown in FIGS. 6 and 9.
- the pharmacokinetics of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug refers to the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME) of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug in a patient to which a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug is administered.
- an oral sustained release dosage form containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprises a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments from about 2 mg to about 40 mg.
- a dosage form is substantially free of lactam side products formed by intramolecular cyclization of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or (R)- baclofen.
- a dosage form can be stable to extended storage, such as for example, greater than one year, without substantial lactam formation such as less than 0.5% lactam by weight, less than 0.2% lactam by weight, or less than 0.1% lactam by weight.
- methods of preparing an oral dosage form of an ( ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug such as a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein at least one of the particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b), comprising coating cores with a formulation comprising the (i?)-baclofen prodrug to form at least one particle (c) population; coating particles of at least one particle (c) population with a pH-independent release coating to form at least one particle (a) population, coating particles of at least one particle (c) population with a pH- dependent release coating to form at least one particle (V) population; and combining at least two particle populations wherein at least one of the particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b) in a pharmaceutically acceptable oral delivery vehicle to provide the oral dosage form.
- the combination of at least two particle populations is chosen from particle populations (a) and (c), particle populations (a) and (b), particle populations ((b)
- Controlled release capsules comprise a plurality of controlled release particles, each of the controlled release particles comprising immediate release particles, which comprise a core and a coating comprising compound (4) and a binder. Immediate release particles release compound (4) upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid more rapidly than controlled release particles and in a manner that does not affect the rate of absorption of compound (4) from the gastrointestinal tract.
- Cores may be inert or active. Active cores comprise compound (4) and optionally additional components such a binder.
- inert cores are coated with an immediate release coating comprising compound (4) to form immediate release particles.
- cores are active, e.g., contain compound (4)
- cores comprising compound (4) may be coated with an immediate release coating to provide immediate release particles, or cores comprising compound (4), with or without a coating, may be used as immediate release particles.
- immediate release particles may comprise uncoated granules or powders of compound (4), may comprise inert cores having a coating of compound (4), or may include granules or pellets of compound (4) coated with a highly soluble immediate release coating.
- Inert cores may comprise any appropriate type of core material useful in pharmaceutical applications, and which may be water insoluble, such as cellulose spheres or silicon dioxide, or may be water soluble such as starch and/or sugar.
- Cores may comprise beads, ion-exchange resin beads, spheroids, spheres, seeds, pellets, granules, or other particulate form.
- Cores may comprise a material such as sugar, starch, sugar and starch, sucrose crystals, extruded and dried spheres comprising excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose and lactose, or an acidic or alkaline buffer crystal such as calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, or combinations of any of the foregoing, which may alter the microenvironment of the compound (4) to facilitate release of the compound (4) and/or impact the chemical stability of compound (4).
- inert cores comprise sugar (Sugar Sphere NF). Inert cores may have any appropriate dimension suitable for oral delivery.
- inert cores may have a diameter ranging from about 15 mesh to about 50 mesh, from about 20 mesh to about 25 mesh, or from about 30 mesh to about 35 mesh. In certain embodiments, inert cores may have a diameter ranging from about 0.25 mm to about 3 mm, and in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mm to about 1 mm.
- inert cores may be coated with a formulation comprising compound (4) that provides for immediate release of compound (4).
- Coatings may further comprise a binding agent to provide adhesion between cores and compound (4).
- Binding agents may be water-soluble and may include any appropriate binding agent k such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, low molecular weight hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), polymethacrylate, ethyl cellulose, or combinations of any of the foregoing.
- a binding agent is a polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer such as Plasdone ® K29/32 Povidone USP/NF.
- Plasdone K29-32 is a linear homopolymer of vinyl pyrrolidone having a K-value from about 29 to about 32, a viscosity in 5% aqueous solution of about 2.5 cp at 25 0 C, a nominal molecular weight of 58x103, and a glass transition temperature, T g , of 164 0 C.
- coating compositions comprise an amount of binder ranging from about 2 wt% to about 10 wt%, and in certain embodiments from about 4 wt% to about 6 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating composition.
- controlled-release coatings may provide pH- independent release of compound (4).
- pH-independent release coatings release compound (4) from controlled release particles at a rate independent of the pH of the fluid in which the particles are immersed.
- Ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit ® RS and Eudragit ® RL are examples of useful pH-independent release polymers.
- Eudragit ® RL and Eudragit ® RS are acrylic resins comprising copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups. The ammonium groups are present as salts and impart permeability to the lacquer films formed by the cured resins.
- Eudragit ® RL and Eudragit ® RS swell in water and gastrointestinal fluids in a pH-independent manner. In the swollen state the coatings are permeable to water and release or dissolve active compounds.
- Eudragit ® RL and Eudragit ® RS may be used alone in pH-independent release coatings, combined together, combined with other ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, or combined with other methacrylic acid copolymers to achieve a desired release property.
- pH independent release polymers are ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit ® RL 100.
- Controlled release particles comprising compound (4) and a release rate modifying coating may be incorporated into a number of oral dosage forms including capsules, tablets, and liquid suspensions.
- controlled release particles may be placed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient when orally ingested.
- Capsules comprising controlled release particles are referred to herein as controlled release capsules.
- controlled release capsules comprise a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4) such as for example, form about 1 mg to about 100 mg of compound (4).
- controlled release capsules may comprise less than a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4), in which case multiple capsules may be administered simultaneously or over a period of time to provide a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4). Release Characteristics of Particles and Dosage Forms
- a dosage form When administered orally to a patient, i.e., by a patient swallowing a dosage form provided by the present disclosure, can provide a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient during a continuous period of time.
- an oral dosage form can provide a concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient that is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration, and less than a minimum adverse concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient.
- oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure provide a therapeutically effective concentration (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time without exceeding the minimum adverse concentration of (R)-baclofen.
- the concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient does not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- Oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time while reducing or eliminating adverse drug effects associated with the high blood and/or plasma concentrations of (R)-baclofen, e.g.
- the high oral bioavailability of (R)-baclofen achievable by dosage forms comprising a (R)- baclofen prodrug provided by the present disclosure can facilitate the use of lower mass equivalents of (R)-baclofen in a dose to achieve a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient compared to the amount of (R)-baclofen in an oral dosage form comprising (R)-baclofen.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug such as a compound of Formula (I) and compound (4) can exhibit enhanced oral bioavailability as (R)-baclofen compared to the oral bioavailability of an equivalent amount of (R)-baclofen when administered in an equivalent dosage form.
- the enhanced oral bioavailability of a (R)-baclofen prodrug is believed to be due the efficient absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug throughout the gastrointestinal tract, including the colon, via passive and/or active transport mechanisms.
- the human gastrointestinal tract includes the small intestine and the large intestine.
- the human small intestine is a convoluted tube about twenty feet in length between the stomach and large intestine.
- the small intestine is subdivided into the duodenum, the jejunum, and the ileum.
- the large intestine is about 5 feet in length and runs from the ileum to the anus.
- the large intestine is divided into the caecum, colon, and the rectum.
- the colon is divided into four parts including the ascending, traverse, descending, and the sigmoid flexure.
- an orally ingested compound resides about 1 to 6 hours in the stomach, about 2 to 7 hours in the small intestine, and about 8 to 18 hours in the colon.
- the greatest period of time for sustained release of a compound occurs when the compound is passing through the colon.
- (R)-Baclofen prodrugs such as compound (4) exhibit enhanced absorption during the extended period of time that the compound passes through the gastrointestinal tract and are absorbed by active transport, passive transport, or a combination of active and passive transport mechanisms.
- Increased absorption and in particular colonic absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can result in increased systemic bioavailability of a (R)-baclofen prodrug over an extended period of time.
- Systemic bioavailability refers to the rate and extent of systemic exposure to a drug or an active metabolite thereof, e.g.
- (R)-baclofen as reflected in the integrated blood or plasma concentration over a period of time, also referred to as "area under the curve" (AUC).
- (R)-Baclofen prodrugs such as compound (4) is believed to be capable of absorption over a significant length of the gastrointestinal tract, including the large intestine, and in particular the colon.
- Dosage forms upon releasing a (R)-baclofen prodrug, can provide (R)- baclofen upon in vivo administration to a patient.
- the promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be cleaved either chemically and/or enzymatically.
- One or more enzymes, such as esterases, present in the intestinal lumen, intestinal tissue, blood, liver, brain, and/or any other suitable tissue of a mammal can enzymatically cleave the promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the large intestine.
- the promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be cleaved after absorption by the gastrointestinal tract.
- the promoiety can be cleaved in the gastrointestinal tract and (R)-baclofen can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the gastrointestinal tract, including the large intestine.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the gastrointestinal tract, and the promoiety can be cleaved in the systemic circulation, after absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug from the gastrointestinal tract.
- Sustained release dosage forms are capable of providing a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood of a patient following oral administration.
- dosage forms may provide a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient during a continuous time period chosen from at least about 4 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 16 hours, at least about 20 hours, or at least about 24 hours, after oral administration to a patient.
- the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient will not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient, e.g., will not reach a concentration that causes adverse events in the particular patient.
- a minimum therapeutically effective blood (i?)-baclofen concentration will be about 2 ng/mL, about 5 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL, about 20 ng/mL, about 30 ng/mL, about 40 ng/mL, about 50 ng/mL, or about 60 ng/mL.
- a therapeutically effective blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen for treating is from about 1 ng/mL to less than about 400 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments from about 10 ng/mL to less than about 200 ng/mL.
- the blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen be maintained at a level between a concentration that causes moderate sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient and a minimum therapeutically effective concentration for treating a disease in a patient for a continuous period of time.
- the blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen that causes moderate sedation or impaired motor coordination in a patient can vary depending on the individual patient.
- a therapeutically effective dose of a prodrug of a GABA B agonist provides a blood concentration of the corresponding GABA B agonist that is therapeutically effective for treating a disease in a patient, and that is less than a concentration effective in causing moderate sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient, for example, less than about 400 ng/mL, less than about 200 ng/niL, or less than about 100 ng/mL.
- methods provided by the present disclosure provide a blood (J?)-baclofen concentration that, following oral administration to a patient, does not produce sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient.
- methods provided by the present disclosure provide a blood (R)- baclofen concentration that, following oral administration to a patient, produces moderate sedation in a patient.
- the pharmacokinetic profile of the blood (i ⁇ )-baclofen concentration can be characterized by a lower C max /Ci2 ratio, and a lower C max /dose, compared to immediate release and sustained release oral formulations comprising (i?)-baclofen that provide a similar (i?)-baclofen blood AUC mf .
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to a human patient provides a blood
- (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a C max / C 12 ratio ranging from about 1 to about 6; a C max / dose ratio ranging from about 1.25 (10 6 ⁇ mL) "1 to about 3.25 (lO ⁇ mL) "1 ; and an AUC, nf / dose ratio ranging from about 13 (hr/10 6 -mL) to about 33 (hr/10 6 -mL).
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a C max / Ci 2 ratio ranging from about 2.3 to about 4.3; a C max / dose ratio ranging from about 1.75 (106-mL) "1 to about 2.75 (10 6 -mL) "1 ; and an AUC; nf / dose ratio ranging from about 18 (hr/106-mL) to about 28 (hr/10 6 -mL).
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a C max / Ci 2 ratio ranging from about 2.8 to about 3.8; a C max / dose ratio ranging from about 2.0 (10 6 -mL) "! to about 2.5 (lO ⁇ mL) "1 ; and an AUC mf / dose ratio ranging from about 18 (hr/10 6 -mL) to about 28 (hr/10 6 -mL).
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides an oral bioavailability of (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid ranging from about 20% to about 72%.
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), when administered orally to a patient provides a (i ⁇ )-baclofen plasma concentration profile substantially as shown in FIG. 6.
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), when administered orally to a patient provides a (i?)-baclofen plasma concentration profile that is bioequivalent to the profile shown in FIG. 6.
- an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is 3 ⁇ )-4- ⁇ [(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino ⁇ -3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing.
- a dosage regimen employing oral administration of dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may be developed to maintain a concentration of (R)- baclofen in the blood of a patient, which is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration and less than a minimum adverse concentration for a prolonged period of time.
- a minimum therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen may range from about 1 ng/mL to about 200 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, can range from about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL.
- a minimum adverse concentration can range from about 200 ng/mL to about 2,000 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, can range from about 500 ng/mL to about 1,000 ng/mL.
- a minimum therapeutic concentration and a minimum adverse concentration will depend on a number of factors such as the disease being treated, the severity of the disease, the intended clinical outcome, the condition of the patient being treated, and so forth.
- Such regimens may employ repeated dosing of one or more dosage forms provided by the present disclosure.
- An appropriate interval of dosing may depend, for example, on the amount of (i?)-baclofen such as compound (4) in the dosage form, the composition of the dosage form, the release characteristics of compound (4) from the dosage form, the disease being treated, the condition of the patient, the potential adverse effects, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
- Dosage regimens may include repeated administration of the same dosage form at each interval or different dosage forms at different intervals. For example, a twice-daily dosage regimen can include the administration of a first dosage form in the morning, and a second dosage form in the evening.
- Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure further include dosage forms that are bioequivalent to the dosage forms disclosed herein, in terms of both rate and extent of absorption, for example as defined by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and discussed in "Guidance for Industry - Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies for Orally Administered Drug Products” (2003).
- Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure comprising compound (4) may be characterized, in part, by their in vitro dissolution profile. Methods for determining dissolution profiles of dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts. Standard methodologies set forth in the U.S. Pharmacopeia may be used. For example, a dissolution profile may be measured in either a U.S. Pharmacopeia Type I Apparatus (baskets) or a U.S. Pharmacopeia Type II Apparatus (paddles).
- profiles of (i?)-baclofen prodrug dosage forms may be determined by immersing dosage forms in a 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer (KH 2 PO 4 ) at pH 7.4, and a temperature of 37 0 C.
- the dissolution medium is agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II). Samples are withdrawn from the dissolution medium at intervals and the content of compound (4) and (J?)-baclofen in the dissolution medium determined using reversed phase HPLC.
- Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure comprising a (R)- baclofen prodrug can be formulated so that a desired dissolution profile is achieved by including a single population of particles or at least two particle populations in a single dosage form.
- a desired dissolution profile can be achieved by employing more than one dosage form in which the separate dosage forms comprise particles with different release characteristics.
- release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the population (a) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0 C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 1.5 hours; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 2.5 hours; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 4 hours.
- release of (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the population (b) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 °C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 13 minutes; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 20 minutes; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 25 minutes; and substantially no (J?)-baclofen prodrug is released from the population (b) particles in 10 mM potassium monophosphate buffer at pH 6.0 and 37 0 C after at least about 60 minutes.
- release of (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug from population (c) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer (KH 2 PO 4 ) at pH 7.4 and 37 0 C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (iu)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 2.5 minutes; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 6 minutes; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 10 minutes.
- KH 2 PO 4 monobasic potassium phosphate buffer
- USP Type II
- release of compound (4) from controlled release particles exhibits an in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0 C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II) in which from about 35% to about 45% of compound (4) is released within about 4 hours; from about 60% to about 80% of compound (4) is released within about 7.6 hours; and from about 85% to about 95% of compound (4) is released within about 13 hours.
- release of compound (4) from controlled release particles exhibits an in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0 C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II) in which from about 20% of compound (4) is released within about 4 hours; from about 70% of compound (4) is released within about 7.6 hours; and from about 90% of compound (4) is released within about 13 hours.
- Certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure provide oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, comprising a combination of at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
- the i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3i?)-4- ⁇ [(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino ⁇ -3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which in certain embodiments can be in a crystalline form.
- the dosage forms comprise particle populations (a) and (b).
- the dosage forms can comprise more than one particle population (a) and/or more than one particle population (b) in which each of the more than one particle populations (a) has a different release profile than the other particle populations (a), and each of the more than one particle populations (b) has a different release profile than the other particle populations (b).
- a dosage form can comprise a first particle population (a) having a first release profile that is independent of the solution pH, and a second particle population (a) having a second release profile that is independent of the solution pH, wherein the second release profile is different than the first release profile.
- a dosage form can comprise a first particle population (b) having a third release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, and a second particle population (b) having a fourth release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the fourth release profile is different than the third release profile.
- the dosage forms further comprise a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles (population (c) particles), the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing substantially all of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution within about 1 hour of being placed in the solution.
- population (c) particles population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles
- Oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can comprise a combination of particle populations such as particle populations (a) and (c), particle populations (a) and (b), or particle populations (a), (b), and (c).
- Sustained release oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can be administered to a patient suffering from any disease or disorder for which the parent drug, (i?)-baclofen, is known, believed to be, or hereafter discovered to be therapeutically effective.
- Indications for which (i?)-baclofen has been prescribed, and hence for which the dosage forms provided by the present disclosure are also effective include spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain.
- the dosage forms can also be administered to a patient as a preventive measure against the diseases or disorders disclosed herein.
- the dosage forms can be administered as a preventive measure to a patient having a predisposition for spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain.
- the suitability of an oral dosage form provided by the present disclosure in treating the above-listed diseases and conditions can be determined by methods described in the art.
- Randomized double-blind placebo- controlled clinical trials for evaluating spasticity treatments are described, for example, in Priebe et al, Spinal Cord 1997, 35(3), 171-5; Gruenthal et al, Spinal Cord 1997, 35(10), 686-9; and Tuszynski et al, Spinal Cord 2Q01, 45, 222-231; and Steeves et al, Spinal Cord2007, 45, 206-221 for examples of the conduct and assessment of clinical trials for spasticity caused by spinal cord injury.
- the efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating narcotic addiction and abuse can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Heinzerling et al., Drug Alcohol Dependence 2006, 85, 177-184; Haney et al., Neuropsychopharmacology 2006, 31, 1814-1821; and Spano et al., Neuropharmacology 2007, 52, 1555-1562.
- Useful animal models of neuropathic pain include peripheral nerve injury by ligation or transection include dorsal rhizotomy (Lombard et al, Pain 1979, 6(2), 163-174); spinal nerve ligation (Kim and Chung, Pain 1992, 50, 355-363; and Hwang and Yaksh, Pain 1997, 70, 15-22); sciatic nerve transaction (Wall et al., Pain 1979, 7, 103-111); sciatic nerve cuff (Mosconi and Kruger, Pain 1996, 64, 37-57); partial nerve ligation (Seltzer et al, Pain 1990, 43, 205-218); chronic constriction (Bennett and Xie, Pain 1988, 33, 87-107); rat spinal cord ischemia model (Hao et al., Pain 1991, 45, 175-185; and von Heijne et al, Eur J Pain 2001, 5, 1- 10); and spared nerve injury (Decosterd and Woolf, Pain 2000,
- the efficacy of prodrugs of GABA B agonists provided by the present disclosure for treating one or more types of musculoskeletal pain can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials.
- Kehl et al disclose an animal model of muscle hyperplasia that employs intramuscular injection of carrageenan as useful for assessing the mechanisms and management of musculoskeletal pain (Kehl et al, Pain 2000, 85, 333-343).
- the amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug that will be effective in the treatment of a particular disease, disorder, or condition disclosed herein will depend, at least in part, on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques known in the art as previously described. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
- the amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug administered can depend on, among other factors, the subject being treated, the weight of the subject, the severity of the disease or disorder, the manner of administration, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. Dosage ranges and dosing intervals can be determined by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- Suitable dosage ranges for oral administration of (i?)-baclofen are generally about 0.1 mg/day to about 100 mg/day and the dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be adjusted to provide an equivalent molar quantity or mass equivalent dose of (i?)-baclofen.
- a dose can comprise a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments, from about 2 mg to about 40 mg.
- the dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and appropriate dosing intervals can be selected to maintain a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient, and in certain embodiments, without exceeding a minimum adverse concentration.
- dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can be administered once per day such as a once-daily dosage from comprising a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, in certain embodiments, twice per day such as a twice-daily dosage from comprising a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, and in certain embodiments at intervals greater than once per day.
- Dosing can be provided alone or in combination with other drugs and can continue as long as required for effective treatment of the disease or disorder. Dosing includes administering a dosage from to a mammal, such as a human, in a fed or fasted state.
- a dose of a (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug such as compound (4) can be adjusted to provide an equivalent molar quantity or mass equivalent dose of (i?)-baclofen.
- Therapeutically effective doses of (i?)-baclofen are generally from about 0.15 mg to about 2.5 mg per kilogram body weight per day.
- a dose can comprise a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments, from about 2 mg to about 40 mg.
- the dose of compound (4) and appropriate dosing intervals can be selected to maintain a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient, and in certain embodiments, without exceeding a minimum adverse concentration.
- dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may be administered once per day, twice per day, and in certain embodiments at intervals greater than once per day. Dosing may be provided alone or in combination with other drugs and may continue as long as required for effective treatment of the disease. Dosing includes administering a dosage form to a mammal, such as a human, in a fed or fasted state.
- Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may further comprise one or more pharmaceutically active compounds in addition to a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. Such compounds may be provided to treat the same disease or a different disease than the disease being treated with the (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be used in combination with at least one other therapeutic agent.
- compound (4) may be administered to a patient together with another compound for treating movement disorders such as spasticity, digestive disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and emesis, or addictive or abuse disorders such as nicotine addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, narcotic addiction or abuse, cough, neuropathic pain, or musculoskeletal pain.
- the at least one other therapeutic agent may be a different (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and the at least one other therapeutic agent may act additively or, and in certain embodiments, synergistically.
- the at least one additional therapeutic agent may be included in the same dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or may be in a separate dosage form. Accordingly, methods provided by the present disclosure can further include, in addition to administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, administering one or more therapeutic agents effective for treating the same or different disease than the disease being treated by a (R)- baclofen prodrug. Methods provided by the present disclosure include administration of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
- dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be administered concurrently with the administration of another therapeutic agent, which may be part of the same dosage form as, or in a different dosage form than that comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be administered prior or subsequent to administration of another therapeutic agent.
- the combination therapy may comprise alternating between administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a composition comprising another therapeutic agent, e.g., to minimize adverse drug effects associated with a particular drug.
- the other therapeutic agent may advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold at which the adverse drug reaction is elicited.
- dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baelofen prodrug may be administered with one or more substances to enhance, modulate and/or control release, bioavailability, therapeutic efficacy, therapeutic potency, stability, and the like of a (iJ)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be coadministered with a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or may comprise one or more active agents to increase the absorption or diffusion of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen from the gastrointestinal tract to the systemic circulation, and/or to inhibit degradation of a (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be co-administered with a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or an active agent having pharmacological effects that enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- oral dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug provided by the present disclosure may be used in combination with other drugs that are themselves known to cause spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain as an adverse effect, thereby preventing or reducing the occurrence of such adverse effects.
- Particles and/or dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically active compounds other than a (R)- baclofen prodrug.
- Such compound may be provided to treat the same condition or a different condition being treated with a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- Methods provided by the present disclosure can further include, in addition to administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, administering one or more therapeutic agents effective for treating the same or different disease, disorder, or condition as the disease, disorder, or condition being treated by a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- Methods provided by the present disclosure include administration of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be administered concurrently with the administration of another therapeutic agent, which can be part of the same dosage form as, or in a different dosage form than the dosage form containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be administered prior or subsequent to administration of another therapeutic agent.
- the combination therapy comprises alternating between administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a composition comprising another therapeutic agent, e.g., to minimize adverse drug effects associated with a particular drug.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug When a (R)-baclofen prodrug is administered concurrently with another therapeutic agent that potentially can produce an adverse drug effect including, but not limited to, toxicity, the other therapeutic agent can advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold at which the adverse drug reaction is elicited.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be administered with one or more substances to enhance, modulate and/or control release, bioavailability, therapeutic efficacy, therapeutic potency, stability, and the like of a (R)-baclofen prodrug.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be co-administered with one or more active agents to increase the absorption or diffusion of a (R)-baclofen prodrug or (R)-baclofen from the gastrointestinal tract to the systemic circulation, or to inhibit degradation of a (R)-baclofen prodrug in the systemic circulation or blood and/or plasma of a patient.
- a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be co-administered with an active agent having pharmacological effects that enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (R)-baclofen prodrug.
- Methods provided by the present disclosure include administering one or more (R)-baclofen prodrugs and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of the one or more (R)- baclofen prodrugs and/or other therapeutic agent and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
- (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating a movement disorder such as spasticity in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating a movement disorder such as spasticity.
- drugs for treating movement disorders include levodopa, mild sedatives such as benzodiazepines including alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, clorazepate, diazepam, lorazepam, and oxazepam; muscle relaxants such as baclofen, anticholinergic drugs such as trihexyphenidyl and diphenhydramine; antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine, fluphenazine, haloperidol, loxapine, mesoridazine, molindone, perphenazine, pimozide, thioridazine, thiothixene, trifluoperazine, aripiprazole, clozapine, olanzapine, quetiapine, risperidone, and ziprasidone; and antidepressants such as amitriptyline.
- mild sedatives such as benzodiazep
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating a gastrointestinal disorder such as gastroesophageal reflux disease in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating a gastrointestinal disorder such as gastroesophageal reflux disease.
- a gastrointestinal disorder such as gastroesophageal reflux disease
- a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating a gastrointestinal disorder such as gastroesophageal reflux disease.
- Examples of drugs for treating gastrointestinal disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease include H2 inhibitors such as cimetidine, famotidine, nizatidine, and ranitidine; proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, and exomeprazole; and prokinetics such as cisparide, bethanechol, and metoclopramide.
- H2 inhibitors such as cimetidine, famotidine, nizatidine, and ranitidine
- proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, and exomeprazole
- prokinetics such as cisparide, bethanechol, and metoclopramide.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating emesis in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating emesis.
- Examples of drags for treating emesis include benzamines such as metoclopramide; phenothiazines such as prochlorperazine, perphenazine, chlorpromazine, promethazine, and thiethylperazine; butyrophenones such as droperidol and haloperidol; dopamine 2 antagonists such as metoclorpamide; 5-HT3 antagonists such as ondansetron, granisetron, dolasetron, palonosetron; NK-I receptor antagonists such as aprepitant, corticosteroids such as dexamethazone; antihistamines such as diphenhydramine and hydroxyzine; cannabinoids such as dronabinol; and benzodiazepines such as lorazepam, midazolam, alprazolam, and olanzapine
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating alcohol addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating alcohol addiction or abuse.
- drugs for treating alcohol addiction or abuse include disulfiram, naltrexone, clonidine, methadone, 1-alpha-acetylmethadol, buprenorphine, and bupropion.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating narcotic addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating narcotic addiction or abuse.
- drugs for treating narcotic addiction or abuse include buprenorphine, tramadol, methadone, and naltrexone.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating nicotine addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating nicotine addiction or abuse.
- a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating nicotine addiction or abuse.
- drugs for treating nicotine addiction or abuse include bupropion, clonidine, and nicotine.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating cough in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating cough.
- drugs for treating cough include dixtromethorphan, guaifenesin, hydrocodone, benzonatate, diphenhydramine, pseudoephedrine, acetaminophen, and carbinoxamine.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating neuropathic pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating neuropathic pain.
- drugs useful for treating neuropathic pain include opioid analgesics such as morphine, codeine, fentanyl, meperidine, methadone, propoxyphene, levorphanol, hydromorphone, oxycodone, oxymorphone, tramadol and pentazocine; nonopioid analgesics such as aspirin, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen, and acetaminophen; non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as aspirin, choline magnesium trisalicylate, diflunisal, salsalate, celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, diclofenac, etodolac, fenoprofen, flubiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, meclofanamate, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone, naproxen, otrip
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating musculoskeletal pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating musculoskeletal pain.
- drugs useful for treating musculoskeletal pain include cyclobenzaprine, dantrolene, methocarbamol, orphenadrine, tizanidrine, metaxalone, carisoprodol, chlorphenesin, chlorzoxazone, alprazolam, bromazepam, chlordiazepoxide, clorazepate, diazepam, flunitriazepam, lorazepam, medazepam, midazolam, oxazepam, prazepam, triazolam, temazepam, and botulinum toxin.
- oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating low back pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating low back pain.
- drugs useful for treating low back pain include NSAIDs such as aspirin, naproxen, and ibuprofen; anticonvulsants, antidepressants such as amitriptyline and desipramine; and opioids such as codeine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, and morphine.
- any of the drugs useful for treating neuropathic pain may be coadminstered with a prodrug of a GABAB agonist for treating low back pain.
- Therapies for low back pain include the use of cold and hot compresses, bed rest, exercise, spinal manipulation, acupuncture, biofeedback, interventional therapy, traction, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, ultrasound, vertebroplasty, kyphoplasty, discectomy, foraminotomy, intradiscal electrothermal therapy, nucleoplasty, radiofrequency lesioning, spinal fusion, and spinal laminectomy. Examples
- Immediate release (IR) particles comprising (i?)-baclofen prodrug, (3i?)- 4- ⁇ [(15)-2-methyl-l-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino ⁇ -3-(4- chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), were prepared by coating cores comprising the (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) with a pH independent release coating.
- 20/25 mesh sugar spheres sucgar spheres NF, Paulaur, Cranbury, NJ
- a coating formulation was prepared by dissolving (i?)-baclofen prodrug (4) and binder (Plasdone® K29/32 Povidone, USP/NF, ISP Corporation) in 409 gm of a 50:50 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone.
- the coating formulation comprising (i ⁇ )-baclofen prodrug (4) was sprayed onto the sugar spheres while maintaining the outlet temperature at 29-31 0 C to form the immediate-release cores.
- the amounts of the components forming the immediate-release cores are provided in Table 1.
- pH independent release particles were prepared by coating the immediate release cores with a pH independent release polymer.
- the cores were spray coated with a mixture comprising which 9.7 gm ammonioalkyl methacrylic acid copolymer type A (Eudragit ® RL 100, Rohm Pharma) and 0.3 gm glyceryl monostearate were dissolved in 125 gm of a 60:40 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone.
- controlled release particles coated with the pH independent release polymer, were then loaded into size #0 hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) capsules in a quantity to provide 10 mg of compound (4), equivalent to 5.34 gm of (i?)-baclofen.
- HPMC hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose
- Example 2 Composition of pH-Dependent Release Capsules
- pH-dependent release capsules were manufactured using essentially the same procedure as in Example 1 using a coating mixture in which 9.7 gm methacrylic acid copolymer type B (Eudragit S 100, Rohm Pharma) and 0.3 g glyceryl monostearate were dissolved in 125 mL of a 60:40 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone.
- the relative amounts of the components forming an pH dependent-release capsule are provided in Table 2.
- pH-dependent release particles comprising (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) released more than 80% of compound (4) within 25 minutes at pH 7.4, and substantially no prodrug was released after at least about 60 minutes at pH 6.0.
- pH-independent release particles comprising (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) released more than 80% of compound (4) within about 4 hours.
- Dosage forms comprising compound (4) were administered by oral gavage to groups of four adult male Beagle dogs (weight approx 8 kg) at a dose of 10 mg compound (4). The dogs were fasted overnight before the study and for 4 hours post-dosing. Blood samples (1 mL) were obtained via the femoral vein at intervals over 24 hours after oral dosing. Blood was quenched immediately using acetonitrile with 1% formic acid and then frozen at -20 0 C until analyzed.
- the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in quenched whole blood was determined using an API 2000 LC/MS/MS instrument equipped with a Shimadzu binary pump and a Leap CTC autosampler.
- the column was a Phenomenex Hydro-RP 4.6 x 50 mm column operating at room temperature.
- the mobile phases were (A) water with 0.1% formic acid and (B) acetonitrile with 0.1% formic acid.
- the gradient condition was: 5% B for 0.5 min, then to 95% B in 1.8 min, then maintained at 95% B for 1.2 min.
- the mobile phase was returned to 5% B for 2 min.
- a TurboIonSpray source was used on the API 2000.
- the dosage forms used in this study were capsules comprising immediate release particles prepared substantially according to Example 1 comprising 8 mg of compound (4), capsules comprising pH-dependent release prepared substantially according to Example 2 comprising 8 mg of compound (4), and capsules comprising pH- independent release particles prepared substantially according to Examples 1 and 2 comprising 8 mg of compound (4).
- Plasma samples were collected from all subjects prior to dosing, and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 18, 24, and 36 hours after dosing.
- Urine samples were collected from all subjects prior to dosing, and complete urine output was obtained at 0- 4, 4-8, 8-12, 12-18, 18-24, and 24-36 hours after dosing.
- Plasma samples were quenched immediately with methanol and stored frozen. Sample aliquots were prepared for analysis of (i?)-baclofen and compound (4) using sensitive and specific LC/MS/MS methods.
- the plasma concentration of (i?)-baclofen following administration of a capsule containing immediate release, pH-dependent release, or pH-independent release particles to patients in a fasted or fed state is summarized in Table 5, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5.
- Fasted human patients were randomized to receive single oral doses of controlled release (CR) capsules or matching placebo in a double-blind fashion.
- the study investigated 6 dose levels of compound (4), 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 80 mg, in capsules comprising controlled release particles and comprising 10 mg compound (4).
- Six (6) groups of 10 subjects each were enrolled sequentially (10 subjects per dose level). Eight subjects in each dose group received CR capsules and two received placebo.
- Blood samples were collected from patients prior to dosing and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 24, 30, and 36 hours post-dosing for all treatments. Blood sample aliquots were quenched immediately with methanol to prevent further hydrolysis of compound (4). Blood sample aliquots were stored in a freezer at -70 °C. The blood sample aliquots were analyzed for (i?)-baclofen and compound (4) in whole blood supernatant using sensitive and specific LC-MS/MS methods.
- AUCinf AUCo-tlast + Ci ast / ⁇ z
- tlast is the time of the last quantifiable concentration (C last )
- ⁇ z is the rate constant of the apparent terminal elimination phase.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (R)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treating a disease comprising orally administering such dosage forms are disclosed.
Description
SUSTAINED RELEASE PARTICULATE ORAL DOSAGE FORMS OF (R)-B ACLOFEN PRODRUGS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
SUSTAINED RELEASE PARTICULATE ORAL DOSAGE FORMS OF (R)-BACLOFEN PRODRUGS AND METHODS OF TREATMENT
Field
[001] The present disclosure relates to sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (R)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treating a disease comprising orally administering such dosage forms.
Background
[002] (±)-4-Amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (baclofen), (1), is an analog of gamma-aminobutyric acid (i.e., GABA) that selectively activates GABAB receptors, resulting in neuronal hyperpolarization. GABAB receptors are located in laminae I-IV of the spinal cord, where primary sensory fibers end. These G-protein coupled receptors activate conductance by K+-selective ion channels and can reduce currents mediated by Ca2+ channels in certain neurons. Baclofen has a pre-synaptic inhibitory effect on the release of excitatory neurotransmitters and also acts postsynaptically to decrease motor neuron firing (see Bowery, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 1989, 10, 401-7; and Misgeld et ah, Prog. Neurobiol. 1995, 46, 423-62).
[003] A principal pharmacological effect of baclofen in mammals is reduction of muscle tone and the drug is frequently used in the treatment of spasticity (Price et ah, nature 1984, 307, 71-4). Spasticity is associated with damage to the corticospinal tract and is a common complication of neurological disease. Diseases and conditions in which spasticity may be a prominent symptom include cerebral palsy, multiple sclerosis, stroke, head and spinal cord injuries, traumatic brain injury, anoxia, and neurodegenerative diseases. Patients with spasticity complain of stiffness, involuntary spasm, and pain. These painful spasms may be spontaneous or triggered by a minor sensory stimulus, such as touching the patient.
[004] Baclofen is also useful in controlling gastro -esophageal reflux disease (van Herwaarden et ah, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 2002, 16, 1655-62; Ciccaglione et al., Gut 2003, 52, 464-70; Andrews et al, U.S. Patent No. 6,117,908; and Fara et al,
International Publication No. WO 02/096404); in promoting alcohol abstinence in alcoholics (Gessa et al, International Publication No. WO 01/26638); in promoting smoking cessation (Gessa et al, International Publication No. WO 01/08675); in reducing addiction liability of narcotic agents (Robson et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,126,684); in the treatment of emesis (Bountra et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,719,185); as an anti-tussive for the treatment of cough (Kreutner et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,006,560); in treating neuropathic pain such as trigeminal neuralgia (Bowsher, Br. Med. Bull. 1991, 47(3), 655- 66; Fromm et al, Neurology 1981, 31, 683-7; and Ringel and Roy, Ann Neurol 1987, 21(5), 514-5); and in treating musculoskeletal pain such as low back pain (Dapas et ah, Spine 1985, 10(4), 345-9; and Raphael et al, BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders 2002, 3(17), Epub 2002 Jun 20); tension-type headaches (Freitag, CNS Drugs 2003, 17(6), 373- 81); and radiculopathy (Zuniga et al, Anesthesiology 2000, 92(3), 876-880).
[005] Baclofen may be administered orally or by intrathecal delivery through a surgically implanted programmable pump. The drug is rapidly absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract and has an elimination half-life of approximately 3-4 hours. Baclofen is partially metabolized in the liver but is largely excreted by the kidneys unchanged. The short half-life of baclofen necessitates frequent administration with typical oral dosing regimens ranging from about 10 to about 80 mg of three or four divided doses daily. Plasma baclofen concentrations of about 80 to about 400 ng/mL result from these therapeutically effective doses in patients (Katz, Am. J. Phys. Med. Rehabil. 1988, 67(3), 108-16; and Krach, J. Child Neurol. 2001, 16(1), 31-6). When baclofen is given orally, sedation is an adverse effect, particularly at elevated doses. Impairment of cognitive function, confusion, memory loss, dizziness, weakness, ataxia, and orthostatic hypotension are other commonly encountered adverse effects of baclofen therapy.
[006] Intrathecal administration is often recommended for patients who find the adverse effects of oral baclofen intolerable. The intrathecal use of baclofen permits effective treatment of spasticity with doses less than 1/100th of those required orally, since administration directly into the spinal subarachnoid space permits immediate access to the GABAB receptor sites in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord. Surgical implantation of a pump is, however, inconvenient and a variety of mechanical and medical
complications can arise (e.g., catheter displacement, kinking or blockage, pump failure, sepsis, and deep vein thrombosis). Acute discontinuation of baclofen therapy (e.g., in cases of mechanical failure) may cause serious withdrawal symptoms such as hallucinations, confusion, agitation, and seizures (Sampathkumar et al. , Anesth. Analg. 1998, 57, 562-63).
[007] While the clinically prescribed baclofen product (Lioresal™) is available only as a racemate, the GABAB receptor agonist activity resides entirely in one enantiomer, i?-(-)-baclofen (2) (also termed L-baclofen).
R-Baclofen (2) S-Baclofen (3)
[008] The other isomer, (5)-baclofen, (3), actually antagonizes the action of (i?)-baclofen at GABAB receptors and exhibits antinociceptive activity in the rat spinal cord (Sawynok et al. , Pharmacology 1985, 31, 248-59). Orally administered (i?)-baclofen is reported to be about 5 -fold more potent than orally administered racemic baclofen, with an (i?)-baclofen regimen of 2 mg t.i.d being equivalent to racemic baclofen at 10 mg t.i.d. (Fromm et al, Neurology 1987, 37, 1725-8). Moreover, the adverse effect profile following administration of i?-baclofen has been shown to be significantly reduced relative to an equally efficacious dose of racemic baclofen.
[009] Baclofen, a zwitterionic amino acid, lacks the requisite physicochemical characteristics for effective passive permeability across cellular membranes. Passage of the drug across the gastrointestinal tract and the blood-brain barrier (BBB) are mediated primarily by active transport processes rather than by passive diffusion. Accordingly, baclofen is a substrate for active transport mechanisms shared by neutral α-amino acids such as leucine, and β-amino acids such as β-alanine and taurine (van Bree et al, Pharm. Res. 1988, 5(6), 369-71; Cercos-Fortea et al, Biopharm. Drug. Disp. 1995, 16, 563-77;
Deguchi et al, Pharm. Res. 1995, 12(12), 1838-44; and Moll-Navarro et al, J. Pharm. ScI 1996, 85(11), 1248-54). Transport across the BBB is stereoselective, with preferential uptake of the active i?-enantiomer (2) being reported (van Bree et al, Pharm. Res. 1991, 8(2), 259-62). In addition, organic anion transporters localized in capillary endothelial cells of the blood-brain barrier have been implicated in efflux of baclofen from the brain (Deguchi et al., Pharm. Res. 1995, 12(12), 1838-44; and Ohtsuki et al., J. Neurochem. 2002, 83, 57-66). 3-(p-Chlorophenyl)pyrrolidine has been described as a CNS-penetrable prodrug of baclofen (Wall et al, J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32, 1340-8). Other prodrugs of (i?)-baclofen are described in Bryans et al. , International Publication No. WO 01/90052; Bryans et al, EPl 178034; Cundy et al, U.S. Patent No. 6,992,076; Gallop et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,818,787, 6927036, and 6,972,341; and Raillard et al, U.S. Patent No. 7,232,924.
[0010] Sustained released oral dosage formulations are a conventional solution to the problem of rapid systemic drug clearance, as is well known in the art (see, e.g., "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy," 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005, Chapters 46-47). Osmotic delivery systems are also recognized methods for sustained drug delivery (see, e.g., Verma et al, Drug Dev. Ind. Pharm. 2000, 26, 695-708). Successful application of these technologies depends on the drug of interest having an effective level of absorption from the large intestine (also referred to herein as the colon) where the dosage form spends a majority of its time during its passage down the gastrointestinal tract. Baclofen is poorly absorbed following administration into the colon in animal models (Merino et al, Biopharm. Drug. Disp. 1989, 10(3), 279-97) presumably because the transporter proteins mediating baclofen absorption in the upper region of the small intestine are not expressed in the large intestine. Development of an oral controlled release formulation for baclofen should considerably improve the convenience, efficacy, and adverse effect profile of baclofen therapy. However, the rapid passage of conventional dosage forms through the proximal absorptive region of the small intestine has thus far prevented the successful application of sustained release technologies to this drug.
[0011] Recently, Gallop et al. have developed new prodrugs of (K)-baclofen and baclofen analogs that are well absorbed in the large intestine/colon and hence suitable for
oral sustained release formulations, thus improving the convenience, efficacy and side effect profile of baclofen therapy (Gallop et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,109,239 and 7,227,028, U.S. Application Publication No. 2007/0054945, and U.S. Application Publication No. 2007/0244331 ; Leung et al, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/884,598 filed January 11, 2007; and Cundy, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/944,475 filed June 15, 2007; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. For example, (3i?)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, (4),
(4)
a prodrug of the GABA analog, (i?)-baclofen (2)
((±)-4-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid) (1), exhibits high bioavailability as (R)- baclofen when dosed either orally or directly into the colon of a mammal (Gallop et al, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,109,239).
[0012] The high oral bioavailability indicates the efficacious use of compound (4) in oral dosage forms, including sustained-release dosage forms, useful for treating a disease in which baclofen is known to be effective such as spasticity and gastroesophageal reflux disease (van Herwaarden et al, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 2002, 16, 1655-62; Ciccaglione et al, Gut 2003, 52, 464-70; Andrews et a!., U.S. Patent No. 6,117,908; and Fara et al, International Publication No. WO 02/096404); in promoting alcohol abstinence in alcoholics (Gessa et al., International Publication No. WO 01/26638); in promoting smoking cessation (Gessa et al, International Publication No.
WO 01/08675); in reducing addiction liability of narcotic agents (Robson et ah, U.S. Patent No. 4,126,684); in the treatment of emesis (Bountra et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,719,185); as an anti-tussive for the treatment of cough (Kreutner et ah, U.S. Patent No. 5,006,560); in the treatment of neuropathic pain such as trigeminal neuralgia (Bowsher, Br. Med. Bull. 1991, 47(3), 655-66; Fromm et ah, Neurology 1981, 31, 683-7; and Ringel and Roy, Ann Neurol 1987, 21(5), 514-5), in the treatment of musculoskeletal pain such as low back pain (Dapas et ah, Spine 1985, 10(4), 345-9; and Raphael et ah, BMC Musculoskeletal Disorders 2002, 3(17), Epub 2002 Jun 20; as well as for treating movement disorders such as dystonia and hiccups; peripheral nerve disorders such as muscle stimulation disorders; spinal cord disorders such as spastic paraparesis; multiple sclerosis; and cerebral palsy.
[0013] Controlled release tablet dosage forms comprising (3R)-4-{[(lS)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino } -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid are disclosed by Leung et ah, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/884,598, filed January 11, 2007, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Summary
[0014] (i?)-baclofen prodrugs having an enhanced oral bioavailability profile and that are well absorbed in the large intestine/colon can be used in oral sustained release dosage forms to improve the convenience, efficacy, and adverse effect profile of (i?)-baclofen therapy.
[0015] In a first aspect, oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug are provided, comprising at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (iZ)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH; wherein the oral dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the
blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the oral dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
[0016] In a second aspect, oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of (3R)-4-{[(lS)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino } -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing are provided, which when administered orally to a patient provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient, wherein the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood plasma of the patient does not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
[0017] In a third aspect, oral dosage forms are provided comprising a plurality of particles, and at least one pH independent release controlling polymer, which following oral administration to a human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by a Cmax / Ci2 ratio ranging from about 1 to about 6, a Cmax / dose ratio ranging from about 1.25 (lO^mL)"1 to about 3.25 (lO^mL)"1, and an AUCinf / dose ratio ranging from about 13 (hr/106-mL)to about 33 (hr/106-mL).
[0018] In a fourth aspect, methods of treating a disease such as spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, emesis, cough, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, neuropathic pain, or musculoskeletal pain in a patient are provided comprising orally administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical dosage form comprising at least one population of controlled- release particles comprising an (i?)-baclofen prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[0019] These and other features provided by the present disclosure are set forth herein.
Brief Description of the Drawings
[0020] The skilled artisan will understand that the drawings, described herein, are for illustration purposes only. The drawings are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
[0021] FIG. 1 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising immediate release particles (population (c) particles).
[0022] FIG. 2 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising pH-dependent release particles (population (b) particles).
[0023] FIG. 3 shows an in vitro dissolution profile of a dosage form comprising pH-independent release particles (population (a) particles).
[0024] FIG. 4 shows the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma of fed healthy human patients following oral administration of capsule dosage forms containing particles comprising compound (4).
[0025] FIG. 5 shows the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma of fasted healthy human patients following oral administration of capsule dosage forms containing particles comprising compound (4).
[0026] FIG. 6 shows the mean (SD) concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules at doses of 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 80 mg compound (4).
[0027] FIG. 7 shows the relationship between the dose of compound (4) and the Cmax of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules.
[0028] FIG. 8 shows the relationship between the dose of compound (4) and the AUQnf of (i?)-baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules.
[0029] FIG. 9 shows the mean concentrations of compound (4) and (R)- baclofen in blood of healthy human patients following oral administration of controlled release capsules comprising 10 mg compound (4) at a dose of 80 mg compound (4).
Detailed Description Definitions
[0030] A dash ("-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -CONH2 is attached through the carbon atom.
[0031] "Adverse drug effects" refers to drug effects that are unwanted, unpleasant, noxious, and/or potentially harmful. Adverse drug effects can be mild such as digestive disturbance, headaches, fatigue, vague muscle aches, malaise, and changes in sleep patterns. Moderate adverse drug effects represent reactions that a person experiencing them considers annoying, distressing, or intolerable such as skin rashes, visual disturbances, muscle tremor, difficulty with urination, perceptible changes in mood or mental function, and/or certain changes in blood components. Examples of severe adverse drug effects include reactions that may be life threatening, that result in persistent or significant disability or hospitalization, and/or that cause a birth defect. Examples of adverse effects known to be associated with baclofen therapy include sedation, impairment of cognitive function, confusion, memory loss, dizziness, weakness, ataxia, blurred or double vision, nausea, shortness of breath, convulsions, and orthostatic hypotension.
[0032] "Alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, or straight-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene, or alkyne. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, and ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, prop-1-en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-l-yl (allyl), prop-1-yn-l-yl, prop-2-yn-l-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l-yl, 2-methyl-propan-2-yl, but-1-en-l-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-l,3-dien-l-yl, buta-l,3-dien-2-yl, but-1-yn-l-yl, but-l-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-l-yl, etc.; and the like.
[0033] The term "alkyl" is specifically intended to include groups having any degree or level of saturation, i.e., groups having exclusively single carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds, groups having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds, and groups having mixtures of single, double, and triple carbon-carbon bonds. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the terms "alkanyl," "alkenyl," and "alkynyl" are used. In certain embodiments, an alkyl group
comprises from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, in certain embodiments, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and in certain embodiments, from 1 to 8 or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
[0034] "Acyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical - C(O)R70, where R70 is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl, benzylcarbonyl, and the like.
[0035] "Alkoxy" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a radical - OR71 where R71 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, or arylalkyl, which can be substituted, as defined herein. In some embodiments, alkoxy groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like.
[0036] "Aryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Aryl encompasses 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings, for example, benzene; bicyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, naphthalene, indane, and tetralin; and tricyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is carbocyclic and aromatic, for example, fluorene. Aryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring fused to at least one carbocyclic aromatic ring, cycloalkyl ring, or heterocycloalkyl ring. For example, aryl includes 5- and 6-membered carbocyclic aromatic rings fused to a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing one or more heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S. For such fused, bicyclic ring systems wherein only one of the rings is a carbocyclic aromatic ring, the point of attachment may be at the carbocyclic aromatic ring or the heterocycloalkyl ring. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene,
pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like. In certain embodiments, an aryl group can comprise from 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and in certain embodiments, from 5 to 12 carbon atoms. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl, separately defined herein. Hence, a multiple ring system in which one or more carbocyclic aromatic rings is fused to a heterocycloalkyl aromatic ring, is heteroaryl, not aryl, as defined herein.
[0037] "Arylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group. Examples of arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-l-yl, 2-phenylethen-l-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-l-yl, 2-naphthylethen-l-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-l-yl, and the like. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature arylalkanyl, arylalkenyl, or arylalkynyl is used. In certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is C7.30 arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is C1-I0 and the aryl moiety is C6-2O, and in certain embodiments, an arylalkyl group is C7-2O arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is C1-8 and the aryl moiety is C6-I2.
[0038] "AUC" is the area under a curve representing the concentration of a compound in a biological fluid in a patient as a function of time following administration of the compound to the patient. Examples of biological fluids include plasma and blood. The AUC can be determined by measuring the concentration of a compound in a biological fluid such as the plasma or blood using methods such as liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), at various time intervals, and calculating the area under the plasma concentration-versus-time curve. Suitable methods for calculating the AUC from a drug concentration-versus-time curve are well known in the art. As relevant to the disclosure herein, an AUC for a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be determined by measuring the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma or blood of a patient following oral administration of a dosage form comprising a prodrug of (R)- baclofen.
[0039] "Bioavailability" refers to the rate and amount of a drug that reaches the systemic circulation of a patient following administration of the drug or prodrug thereof
to the patient and can be determined by evaluating, for example, the plasma or blood concentration-versus-time profile for a drug. Parameters useful in characterizing a plasma or blood concentration-versus-time curve include the area under the curve (AUC), the time to peak concentration (Tmax), and the maximum drug concentration (Cmax), where Cmax is the maximum concentration of a drug in the plasma or blood of a patient following administration of a dose of the drug or form of drug to the patient, and Tmax is the time to the maximum concentration (Cmax) of a drug in the plasma or blood of a patient following administration of a dose of the drug or form of drug to the patient.
[0040] "Bioequivalence" refers to equivalence of the rate and extent of absorption of a drug after administration of equal doses of the drug or prodrug to a patient. As used herein, two pharmacokinetic profiles are bioequivalent if the 90% confidence interval for the ratio of the mean response of the two profiles is within the limits of 0.8 and 1.25. The mean response includes at least one of the characteristic parameters of a profile such as Cmax, Tmax, and AUC. Bioequivalence as used herein is consistent with the term as defined by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and discussed in "Guidance for Industry - Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies for Orally Administered Drug Products" (2003).
[0041] "Cmax" is the maximum drug concentration observed in the blood or plasma following administration of a dose of drug.
[0042] "Tmax" is the time to the maximum drug concentration (Cmax) following administration of a dose of drug.
[0043] "T1Z2" is the time interval between Tmax and the time at which the drug concentration in the blood or plasma has decreased to one-half the maximum drug concentration.
[0044] Compounds encompassed by structural Formula (I) disclosed herein include any specific compounds within these formulae. Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound. The compounds described herein may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore may exist as stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers. Accordingly, any
chemical structures within the scope of the specification depicted, in whole or in part, with a relative configuration encompass all possible enantiomers and stereoisomers of the illustrated compounds including the stereoisomerically pure form (e g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures. Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers using separation techniques or chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan.
[0045] Compounds of Formula (I) include, but are not limited to, optical isomers of compounds of Formula (I), racemates thereof, and other mixtures thereof. In such embodiments, the single enantiomers or diastereomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis or by resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) column. In addition, compounds of Formula (I) include Z- and E-forms (e.g., cis- and trans-forms) of compounds with double bonds.
[0046] In embodiments in which compounds of Formula (I) exist in various tautomeric forms, compounds provided by the present disclosure include all tautomeric forms of the compound. The compounds of Formula (I) may also exist in several tautomeric forms including the enol form, the keto form, and mixtures thereof. Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds. The compounds of Formula (I) also include isotopically labeled compounds where one or more atoms have an atomic mass different from the atomic mass conventionally found in nature. Examples of isotopes that may be incorporated into the compounds disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 17O, etc Compounds may exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms and as N-oxides. In general, compounds may be hydrated, solvated, or N-oxides. Certain compounds may exist in single or multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
[0047] Further, when partial structures of the compounds are illustrated, an asterisk (*) indicates the point of attachment of the partial structure to the rest of the molecule.
[0048] "Colonically absorbable prodrug of (i?)-baclofen" means a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen, as defined herein, which provides an AUC of (i?)-baclofen following colonic administration of the prodrug that is at least two times greater than the AUC of (i?)-baclofen following colonic administration of an equivalent amount of (i?)-baclofen itself.
[0049] "Controlled-release" refers to release of a drug from a dosage form in which the drug release is controlled or modified over a period of time. Controlled can mean, for example, sustained, delayed or pulsed-release at a particular time. Controlled can also mean that release of the drug from the dosage form is extended for longer than it would be in an immediate-release dosage form, i.e., at least over several hours.
[0050] "Controlled release capsules" refer to capsuledosage forms containing a plurality of particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and at least one controlled release polymer. In certain embodiments of controlled release capsules, the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3R)-4-{ [( 1 S)-2 -methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino} - 3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments of controlled release capsules, the plurality of particles is a population of pH-independent release particles.
[0051] "Cycloalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a partially saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature "cycloalkanyl" or "cycloalkenyl" is used. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and the like. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkyl group is C3-Is cycloalkyl, and in certain embodiments, C^-n cycloalkyl or C5-12 cycloalkyl.
[0052] "Cycloalkylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or spD carbon atom, is replaced with a cycloalkyl group. Where
specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature cycloalkylalkanyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, or cycloalkylalkynyl is used. In certain embodiments, a cycloalkylalkyl group is C7-3O cycloalkylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is C1-10 and the cycloalkyl moiety is C6-2O, and in certain embodiments, a cycloalkylalkyl group is C7-2O cycloalkylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the cycloalkylalkyl group is C1-8 and the cycloalkyl moiety is C4-20 or C6-12.
[0053] "Disease" refers to a disease, disorder, condition, or symptom.
[0054] "Dosage form" refers to a form of a pharmaceutical formulation that contains an amount of active agent or precursor thereof, e.g., an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, compound (4), and/or (i?)-baclofen, sufficient to achieve a therapeutic effect upon administration to a patient. Examples of dosage forms include capsules, tablets, and liquid suspensions. An oral dosage form is intended to be administered to a patient via the mouth and swallowed. When the formulation is a tablet or capsule, the dosage form is one such tablet or capsule. A dose refers to one or more dosage forms administered at about the same time and that are intended to produce a therapeutic effect.
[0055] "Fasted patient" refers to a patient whose stomach is substantially free of food at the time a dose is administered to the patient and for at least 4 hours following administration. The time at which a patient's stomach becomes substantially free of food following a meal can depend on a number of factors including, for example, the size of the meal such as the number of calories, the content of the meal such as the fat content, the health of the patient, and the condition of the patient's gastrointestinal tract. The stomach of a healthy human subject is typically substantially free of food after about 4 to about 8 following ingestion of food. In certain embodiments, a fasted patient does not eat any food, but can ingest any amount of water or clear liquid, from about 10 hours prior to dosing until about 4 hours after dosing, drinks about 250 niL of water about 2 hours and about 1 hour prior to dosing and about 250 mL of water about 2 hours after dosing, eats a lunch about 4 hours after dosing, and eats a dinner about 10 hours after dosing.
[0056] "Fed patient" refers to a patient whose stomach contains food. In certain embodiments, a fed patient begins eating a test meal about 30 minutes prior to dosing and completes eating the test meal about 5 minutes prior to dosing, eats a lunch 4 hours after
dosing, and eats a dinner about 10 hours after dosing. A test meal may comprise a high fat (about 50% of the total number of calories in the test meal) and high calorie (about 1,000 total calories) breakfast such as, for example, two eggs fried in butter, two strips of bacon, two slices of wheat toast with butter, four ounces of hash brown potatoes, and eight ounces of whole milk. A test meal may contain about 150 protein calories, 250 carbohydrate calories, and about 500 to 600 fat calories.
[0057] "Halogen" refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo group.
[0058] "Heteroalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refer to an alkyl group in which one or more of the carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatomic groups. In some embodiments, heteroalkyl groups have from 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of heteroatomic groups include, but are not limited to, -O-, -S-, -O-O-, -S-S-, -O-S-, -NR77R78-, =N-N=, -N=N-, -N=N-NR79R80, -PR81-, -P(O)2-, -POR82-, -0-P(O)2-, -SO-, -SO2- -SnR83R84- and the like, where R77, R78, R79, R80, R81, R82, R83, and R84 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, or substituted heteroarylalkyl. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature "heteroalkanyl," "heteroalkenyl," or "heteroalkynyl" is used.
[0059] "Heteroaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system. Heteroaryl encompasses multiple ring systems having at least one aromatic ring fused to at least one other ring, which can be aromatic or non-aromatic in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Heteroaryl encompasses 5- to 12-membered aromatic, such as 5- to 7-membered, monocyclic rings containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon; and bicyclic heterocycloalkyl rings containing one or more, for example, from 1 to 4, or in certain embodiments, from 1 to 3, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon and wherein at least one heteroatom is present in an aromatic ring. For example, heteroaryl includes a 5- to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl,
aromatic ring fused to a 5- to 7-membered cycloalkyl ring. For such fused, bicyclic heteroaryl ring systems wherein only one of the rings contains one or more heteroatoms, the point of attachment may be at the heteroaromatic ring or the cycloalkyl ring. In certain embodiments, when the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds one, the heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. In certain embodiments, the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than two. In certain embodiments, the total number of N, S, and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than one. Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined herein.
[0060] Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from acridine, arsindole, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phfhalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like. In certain embodiments, a heteroaryl group is from 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments from 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl or from 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.
[0061 ] "Heteroarylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylalkenyl, or heteroarylalkynyl is used. In certain embodiments, a heteroarylalkyl group is a 6- to 30-membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is 1- to 10-membered and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl, and in certain embodiments, 6- to 20-membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is 1- to 8-membered and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl.
[0062] "Heterocycloalkyl" by Itself or as part of another substituent refers to a partially saturated or unsaturated cyclic alkyl radical in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatom. Examples of heteroatoms to replace the carbon atom(s) include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the nomenclature "heterocycloalkanyl" or "heterocycloalkenyl" is used. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from epoxides, azirines, thiiranes, imidazolidine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazolidine, pyrrolidine, quinuclidine, and the like.
[0063] "Prodrug of (i?)-baclofen" or "prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provided by the present disclosure" refers to a compound in which a promoiety that is cleavable in vivo, and is covalently bound to (i?)-baclofen. In certain embodiments, a prodrug may be actively transported by transporters expressed in the enterocytes lining the gastrointestinal tract and/or be passively absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract. Prodrugs of (i?)-baclofen can be stable in the gastrointestinal tract and following absorption are cleaved in the systemic circulation to release (i?)-baclofen. In certain embodiments, a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provides a greater oral bioavailability of (R)- baclofen compared to the oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen when administered as a uniform liquid immediate release formulation. In certain embodiments, a prodrug of (R)- baclofen provides a high oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen, for example, exhibiting a (i?)-baclofen oral bioavailability that is at least 10 times greater than the oral bioavailability of (i?)-baclofen when orally administered in an equivalent dosage form. In certain embodiments, a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen is a compound having a structure of Formula (I):
a pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing, wherein:
[0064] R1 is chosen from acyl, substituted acyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl;
[0065] R2 and R3 are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl or; R2 and R3 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a ring chosen from a cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, and substituted heterocycloalkyl ring; and
[0066] R4 is chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, aryldialkylsilyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, and trialkylsilyl.
[0067] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), the substituent group is independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, -COOH, -CN, and Ci-4 alkyl. In certain embodiments, each substituent group is independently chosen from halogen, - NO2, -OH, -COOH, -NH2, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, Ci-8 alkyl, substituted C1-8 alkyl, Ci-8 alkoxy, and substituted Ci-8 alkoxy.
[0068] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, /-z-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, rø-pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, 1,1-diethoxyethyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, and 4-pyridyl; R2 is chosen from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, π-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, phenyl, and cyclohexyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[0069] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, w-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, cyclohexyl, and 3-pyridyl; R2 is hydrogen; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[0070] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, isopropyl, π-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, andcyclohexyl; R2 is chosen from methyl, ^-propyl, and isopropyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[0071] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), the compound is substantially one diastereomer.
[0072] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R1 is chosen from methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, isopropyl, «-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, and cyclohexyl; R2 is isopropyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[0073] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R1 is isopropyl; R2 is isopropyl; R3 is hydrogen; and R4 is hydrogen.
[0074] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound is substantially one diastereomer, the stereochemistry at the carbon to which R2 and R3 are bonded is of the ^-configuration.
[0075] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I) wherein the compound is substantially one diastereomer, the stereochemistry at the carbon atom to which R2 and R3 are bonded is of the ^-configuration.
[0076] In certain embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), the (7?)-baclofen prodrug is (3i?)-4- { [( 1 S)-2 -methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino } - 3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
[0077] "Immediate release" refers to formulations or dosage forms that rapidly dissolve in vitro and are intended to be completely dissolved and absorbed in the stomach or upper gastrointestinal tract. Such formulations can release at least 90% of an active compound or precursor thereof within about 15 minutes, within about 30 minutes, within about one hour, or within about two hours following administering the dosage form.
[0078] "Minimum adverse concentration" refers to the minimum concentration of a therapeutic compound in, for example, the blood or plasma of a patient, which does
not produce an unacceptable adverse drug effect. The unacceptability of an adverse drug effect can be determined, for example, by the patient or the prescribing physician based at least in part on the severity of the adverse drug effect and/or the perceived risk in view of the therapeutic benefits of the compound being administered to the patient. The minimum adverse concentration can also depend, at least in part, on the age, weight and health of the patient being treated, the disease, disorder, or condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
[0079] "Minimum therapeutically effective concentration" refers to the minimum concentration of a therapeutic compound in, for example, the blood or plasma of a patient, which produces an intended therapeutic effect.
[0080] "Parent aromatic ring system" refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated π (pi) electron system. Included within the definition of "parent aromatic ring system" are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, fluorene, indane, indene, phenalene, etc. Examples of parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
[0081] "Parent heteroaromatic ring system" refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one or more carbon atoms (and any associated hydrogen atoms) are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatom. Examples of heteroatoms to replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, N, P, O, S, Si, etc. Specifically included within the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring systems" are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, arsindole, benzodioxan, benzofuran, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc. Examples of parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, arsindole, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline,
indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like.
[0082] "Pharmaceutical composition" refers to at least one (iJ)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle, with which the at least one (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) is administered to a patient.
[0083] "Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, for example, in humans.
[0084] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt of a compound, which possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include: acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; and salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion, and the like; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, JV-methylglucamine, and the like. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is the hydrochloride salt, and in certain embodiments, the sodium salt.
[0085] "Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle" refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or a combination of any of the foregoing with which a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) may be administered to a patient and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof, and which is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective amount of the compound.
[0086] "Promoiety" refers to a chemical group, i.e. moiety, bonded to a drug, typically to a functional group of the drug, via bond(s) that are cleavable under specified conditions of use. The bond(s) between the drug and promoiety may be cleaved by enzymatic or non-enzymatic means. Under the conditions of use, for example following administration to a patient, the bond(s) between the drug and promoiety may be cleaved to release the parent drug. Cleavage of the promoiety may proceed spontaneously, such as via a hydrolysis reaction, or may be catalyzed or induced by another agent, such as by an enzyme, by light, by acid, or by a change of or exposure to a physical or environmental parameter such as a change of temperature, pH, etc. The agent may be endogenous to the conditions of use, such as an enzyme present in the systemic circulation of a patient to which the prodrug is administered or the acidic conditions of the stomach or the agent may be supplied exogenously. As an example, for a (R)- baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), the promoiety is:
[0087] "Patient" refers to a mammal, for example a human.
[0088] "Sedation" as used herein refers to minimal sedation and/or moderate sedation (see e.g., American Society of Anesthesiologists, Anesthesiology 2002, 96, 1004-17). Minimal sedation, also referred to as anxiolysis, is a minimally depressed level of consciousness that retains the patient's ability to independently and continuously maintain an airway and respond appropriately to physical stimulation or verbal command
that is produced by a pharmacological or non-pharmacological method or combination thereof. Although cognitive function and coordination may be modestly impaired, ventilatory and cardiovascular functions are unaffected. When the intent is minimal sedation in adults, the appropriate dosing is no more than the maximum recommended dose that can be prescribed for unmonitored home use, e.g., a maximum recommended therapeutic dose. Moderate sedation is a drug-induced depression of consciousness during which patients respond purposefully to verbal commands, either alone or accompanied by light tactile stimulation. No intervention is required to maintain a patient's airway. Sedation is a continuum and it is not always possible to predict how an individual patient will respond. A sedative dose can be determined by incremental dosing, administering multiple doses of a drug, such as a prodrug of (i?)-baclofen provided by the present disclosure, until a desired effect is reached. A variety of scales can be used to assess sedation including, for example, the Ramsay scale (Ramsay et ah, Br Med J 1914, 2, 656-659), and the Observer's Assessment of Alertness/Sedation scale (Chernik et ah, J CHn Psychopharmacol 1990, 10, 244-251), and others {see e.g., Sessler, Chest 2004, 726", 1727-1730). Objective measures of sedation include measurement of electroencephalogram parameters such as the Bispectral Index version XP and the Patient State Analyzer {see, e.g., Chisholm et ah, Mayo CHn Proc 2006, 81(1), 46-52; and Tonner et ah, Best Pr act Res CHn Anaesthesiol 2006, 20(1), 191-2000). In certain embodiments, sedation refers to minimal sedation, and in certain embodiments, moderate sedation.
[0089] "Solvate" refers to a molecular complex of a compound with one or more solvent molecules in a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount. Such solvent molecules are those commonly used in the pharmaceutical art, which are known to be innocuous to a recipient, e.g., water, ethanol, and the like. A molecular complex of a compound or moiety of a compound and a solvent can be stabilized by non-covalent intra-molecular forces such as, for example, electrostatic forces, van der Waals forces, or hydrogen bonds. The term "hydrate" refers to a complex where the one or more solvent molecules are water including monohydrates and hemi-hydrates.
[0090] "Substantially one diastereomer" refers to a compound containing two or more stereogenic centers such that the diastereomeric excess (d.e.) of the compound is
greater than or at least about 90%. The diastereomeric excess is the ration of the percentage of one diastereomer in a mixture to that of another diastereomer. In some embodiments, the diastereomeric excess is, for example, greater than or at least 91%, at least about 92%, at least about 93%, at least about 94%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%.
[0091] "Substituted" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, -Q, -R60, -O-, -OH, =0, -OR60, -SR60, - S-, =S, -NR60R61, =NR60, -CX3, -CN, -CF3, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, - S(O)2O", -S(O)2OH5 -S(O)2R60, -OS(O2)O", -OS(O)2R60, -P(O)(O"),, -P(O)(OR60)(O"), - OP(O)(OR60XOR61), -C(O)R60, -C(S)R60, -C(O)OR60, -C(O)NR60R61, -C(O)O", - C(S)OR60, -NR62C(O)NR60R61, -NR62C(S)NR60R61, -NR62C(NR63)NR60R61, - C(NR62)NR60R61, -S(O)2, NR60R61, -NR63S(O)2R60, -NR63C(O)R60, and -S(O)R60 where each Q is independently a halogen; each R60 and R61 are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl; or R60 and R61 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a ring chosen from a heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl ring; and R62 and R63 are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, and substituted heteroarylalkyl; or R62 and R63 together with the atom to which they are bonded form a ring chosen from a heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl ring. In certain embodiments, a tertiary amine or aromatic nitrogen may be substituted with one or more oxygen atoms to form the corresponding nitrogen oxide.
[0092] In certain embodiments, substituted aryl and substituted heteroaryl include one or more of the following substitute groups: F, Cl, Br, Ci-3 alkyl, substituted CL3 alkyl, C1-3 alkoxy, substituted C1-3 alkoxy, -S(O)2NR60R61, -NR60R61, -CF3, -OCF3,
-CN, -NR60S(O)2R61, -NR60C(O)R61, C3-io aiyl, substituted C5.10 aryl, C5.10 heteroaryl, substituted C5.10 heteroaryl, -C(O)OR60, -NO2, -C(O)R60, -C(O)NR60R61, -OCHF2, C1.3 acyl, -SR60, -S(O)2OH, -S(O)2R60, -S(O)R60, -C(S)R60, -C(O)O", -C(S)OR60, - NR60C(O)NR61R62, -NRoOC(S)NR61R62, and -C(NR60)NR61R62, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and substituted C3-8 cycloalkyl, wherein R60, R61, and R62 are independently chosen from hydrogen and C1-4 alkyl.
[0093] In certain embodiments, each substituent group can independently be chosen from halogen, -NO2, -OH, -COOH, -NH2, -CN, -CF3, -OCF3, Cμ8 alkyl, substituted Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 alkoxy, and substituted C1-8 alkoxy.
[0094] "Sustained release" refers to release of a compound such as a drug or prodrug from a dosage form at a rate effective to achieve a therapeutic or prophylactic amount of the drug, in the systemic blood circulation over a prolonged period of time relative to that achieved by oral administration of an immediate release formulation of the compound. In some embodiments, release of the compound occurs over a period of at least about 4 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 8 hours, in some embodiments over a period of at least about 12 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 16 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 20 hours, and in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours. In some embodiments, a sustained-release dosage form provides a concentration of the therapeutic compound in the blood and/or plasma of a patient, which is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration and less than an adverse concentration for a continuous period of time such as for example for a period of at least about 4 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 8 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 12 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 16 hours, in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours, and in some embodiments, over a period of at least about 24 hours.
[0095] "Treating" or "treatment" of any disease or disorder refers to arresting or ameliorating a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, reducing the risk of acquiring a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, reducing the development of a disease, disorder or at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease or disorder, or reducing the risk of
developing a disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder. "Treating" or "treatment" also refers to inhibiting the disease, disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both, and to inhibiting at least one physical parameter which may or may not be discernible to the patient. In certain embodiments, "treating" or "treatment" refers to delaying the onset of the disease or disorder or at least one or more symptoms thereof in a patient which may be exposed to or predisposed to a disease or disorder even though that patient does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease or disorder.
[0096] "Therapeutically effective amount" refers to the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease or disorder, or at least one of the clinical symptoms of a disease or disorder, is sufficient to affect such treatment of the disease, disorder, or symptom. The "therapeutically effective amount" can vary depending, for example, on the compound, the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease or disorder, severity of the disease, disorder, and/or symptoms of the disease or disorder, the age, weight, and/or health of the patient to be treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. An appropriate therapeutically effective amount in any given instance may be ascertained by those skilled in the art or capable of determination by routine experimentation.
[0097] "Therapeutically effective dose" refers to a dose of a drug, prodrug or active metabolite of a prodrug that provides effective treatment of a disease or disorder in a patient. A therapeutically effective dose may vary from compound to compound and from patient to patient, and may depend upon factors such as the condition of the patient and the route of delivery. A therapeutically effective dose may comprise one or more dosage forms. A therapeutically effective dose may be determined in accordance with routine pharmacological procedures known to those skilled in the art.
[0098] Reference is now made in detail to embodiments of the present disclosure. The disclosed embodiments are not intended to be limiting of the claims. To the contrary, the claims are intended to cover alternatives, modifications, and equivalents.
Particles
[0099] Certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure provide oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, comprising at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH; wherein the oral dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the oral dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
[00100] In certain embodiments of oral dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprising at least two particle populations wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from particle population (a) and particle population (b), the dosage form further comprises (c), a population of (iϊ)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the population (c) particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing substantially all of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution within about 1 hour of being placed in the solution.
[00101] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprises a combination of particle populations (a) and (b). In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprises a combination of a first particle population (a) having a first release profile that is independent of the solution pH, and a second particle population (a) having a second release profile that is independent of the solution pH, wherein the second release profile is different than the first release profile. In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprises a combination of a first particle population (b) having a third release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, and a second particle population (b) having a fourth release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the fourth release profile is different than the third release profile. In certain embodiments, an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (a) and (c). In certain embodiments, an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (b) and (c). In certain
embodiments, an oral dosage from comprises a combination of particle populations (a), (b), and (C).
[00102] In certain embodiments, the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3R)-4-{[(\S)-2- methyl- 1 -(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino } -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, the (3i?)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino} -3 -(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is in a crystalline form.
[00103] Population (a), (b), and (c) particles can comprise cores having a coating containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. In general, population (c) particles release a (R)- baclofen prodrug from the particles upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid. In addition to a coating comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug surrounding an inert core, population (a) and (b) particles have a controlled-release coating. The controlled-release coating modifies the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle compared to a population (c) particle having the same composition.
[00104] Population (c) particles can comprise any form of immediate release (i?)-baclofen prodrug. Immediate release particles can comprise uncoated particulates, granules, and/or powders of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, can include particulates, granules, and/or pellets of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug coated with a highly soluble immediate release coating such as Opadry® type coating, as are known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,098,715), or can comprise inert cores having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug.
[00105] Inert cores useful in the practice of the present disclosure can comprise any appropriate type of core material useful in pharmaceutical applications, which can be water insoluble, such as cellulose spheres or silicon dioxide, or can be water soluble such as starch and/or sugar. A core can comprise beads, ion-exchange resin beads, spheroids, spheres, seeds, pellets, granules, or other particulate form. A core can comprise a material such as sugar, starch, sugar and starch, sucrose crystals, extruded and dried spheres comprising excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose and lactose, or an acidic or alkaline buffer crystal such as calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, fumaric acid, tartaric acid which can alter the microenvironment of the drug to facilitate release of the
drug. In certain embodiments, a core comprises sugar (Sugar Sphere NF). A core can have any appropriate dimension suitable for oral delivery. For example, a core can have a diameter ranging from about 15 mesh to about 50 mesh, from about 20 mesh to about 25 mesh, or from about 30 mesh to about 35 mesh. In certain embodiments, the diameter of a core can range from about 0.25 mm to about 3 mm, and in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mm to about 1 mm.
[00106] Inert cores can be coated with a formulation comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. In certain embodiments, the coating can further include a binding agent to provide adhesion between a core and a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. The binding agent can be water-soluble and can include any appropriate binding agent known in the art such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, low molecular weight hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), polymethacrylate, ethyl cellulose, or combinations of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, the binding agent is a polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer such as Povidone USP, EP (Plasdone K29/32). In certain embodiments, the amount of binder comprising a coating composition ranges from about 2 wt% to about 10 wt%, and in certain embodiments from about 4 wt% to about 6 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating composition.
[00107] A coating comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be applied to a core by any appropriate method known in the pharmaceutical industry such as fluidized bed coating, rotor granulation, pan coating, or spray coating. A suspension of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a binder can be formed in a low viscosity solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, acetone, water, or mixtures of any of the foregoing. The suspension can then be applied to a core to provide a coating thickness sufficient to provide the desired amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. In certain embodiments, such coated cores can be used as population (c) particles.
[00108] In certain embodiments, immediate release particles, e.g, population (c) particles, may comprise particles having an active core comprising compound (4). Active cores comprising a (iJ)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may further comprise any appropriate vehicle, for example, any of those disclosed herein. Cores comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may be granules formed by granulation methods known to those skilled in the art. Cores comprising a
(i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4) may be coated with a coating that may or may not comprise a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I) or compound (4).
[00109] In certain embodiments, one or more additional coatings can be applied to particles having a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. The purpose of the one or more additional coatings can be for physical protection, and/or to facilitate further processing of the particles. These sealant or barrier coatings are not intended to modify or affect the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the oral dosage form in the gastrointestinal tract. These additional coatings can also be applied to particles, e.g., immediate-release particles, comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug by methods known to those skilled in the art and as disclosed herein. Examples of materials useful in coatings for physical protection include permeable or soluble materials such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl ethylcellulose, and xanthan gum. Examples of materials useful in coatings to facilitate further processing include talc, colloidal silica, polyvinyl alcohol, titanium dioxide, micronized silica, fumed silica, glycerol monostearate, magnesium trisilicate, magnesium stearate, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00110] In certain embodiments, one or more additional coatings that impart desired release properties can be applied to a core having a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. Such particles are referred to herein as controlled-release particles. Controlled release particles have a controlled-release coating surrounding a coating of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug on an inert core. A controlled-release coating modifies or controls the release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a controlled-release particle in the gastrointestinal tract. Controlled-release coating materials include bioerodible, gradually hydrolysable, gradually water-soluble, enzymatically degradable polymers, and/or enteric polymers. Enteric polymers become soluble in the higher pH environment of the lower gastrointestinal tract or slowly erode as the polymer passes through the gastrointestinal tract, while enzymatically degradable polymers are degraded by bacterial enzymes present in the lower gastrointestinal tract, for example, in the colon. For example, in certain embodiments where a controlled-release particle having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug is further coated with a pH-dependent release polymer, which is insoluble in the acid environment of the stomach, insoluble in the environment of the
small intestines, and soluble in the conditions within the lower small intestine or upper large intestine (e.g., above pH 7.0) release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the particle can be minimized or prevented in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract.
[00111] Examples of coating materials for effecting controlled or modified release include, but are not limited to, cellulosic polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate trimellitate, and carboxymethylcellulose sodium; acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoethyl methacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), methacrylic acid alkylamide copolymer, poly(methyl methacrylate), polymethacrylate, poly(methyl methacrylate) copolymers, polyacrylamide, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer, poly(methacrylic acid anhydride), glycidyl methacrylate co-polymers, ammonio methacrylate copolymers, and methacrylic resins commercially available under the tradename Eudragit " including Eudragit L, Eudragit S, Eudragit E, Eudragit RL, and Eudragit™ RS; vinyl polymers and copolymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinyl acetate, vinylacetate phthalate, vinylacetate crotonic acid copolymer, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer; enzymatically degradable polymers such as azo polymers, pectin, chitosan, amylase, and guar gum; and shellac. Combinations of any of the foregoing polymers may also be used to form a controlled-release coating. In certain embodiments, more than one controlled release coating can be used to modify the release properties of a (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug from a particle.
[00112] In certain embodiments, a controlled-release coating can provide pH- dependent release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle having a coating of a (K)- baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract. pH-dependent release particles are also referred to herein as population (b) particles. A pH-dependent coating is designed to release a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from a particle in a desired area or areas of the gastrointestinal tract such as the small intestine and/or colon depending on the pH of the gastrointestinal fluid in the desired area of the gastrointestinal tract. Examples of pH- dependent coating materials useful in certain embodiments provided by the present
disclosure include shellac, cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methacrylic acid ester copolymers, zein, and the like. In certain embodiments, a pH-dependent coating can be a copolymer synthesized from diethylaminoethyl methacrylate and other neutral methacrylic esters, also known as methacrylic acid copolymers or polymer methacrylates, commercially available as Eudragit (Rohm Pharma). There are several different types of Eudragit polymers useful for imparting pH-dependent release properties. For example, Eudragit™ E is a methacrylic copolymer that swells and dissolves in acidic media. Eudragit L is a methacrylic acid copolymer that does not swell at about pH < 5.7 and is soluble at about pH > 6. Eudragit " S does not swell at about pH < 6.5 and is soluble at about pH > 7. Eudragit™ S and Eudragit™ L can be used as single components in a controlled-release coating or in a combination in any ratio to achieve desired release properties. By using a combination of copolymers, a controlled release coating can exhibit a solubility at a pH between the pHs at which, for example, Eudragit™ S and Eudragit™ L are separately soluble.
[00113] In certain embodiments, a controlled-release coating can provide pH- independent release of a (iϊ)-baclofen prodrug from a particle having a coating of a (R)- baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract. pH-independent release particles are also referred to herein as population (a) particles. A pH-independent coating is designed to release a (iϊ)-baclofen prodrug from a controlled-release particle at a rate independent of the pH. Ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit™ RS and Eudragit™ RL are examples of useful pH-independent polymers. Eudragit RL and Eudragit RS are acrylic resins comprising copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups. The ammonium groups are present as salts and impart permeability to the lacquer films. Eudragit RL and Eudragit RS swell in water and digestive juices, in a pH-independent manner. In the swollen state coatings formed therefrom are permeable to water and release or dissolve active compounds. Eudragit™ RL and Eudragit RS can be used alone in a pH-independent coating, combined together, combined with other ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, or other methacrylic acid copolymers to achieve a desired release property.
[00114] In certain embodiments, a controlled-release coating can comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable acrylic polymer including, for example, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoethyl methacrylate, poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), methacrylic acid alkylamide copolymer, poly(methyl methacrylate), polymethacrylate, poly(methyl methacrylate) copolymers, polyacrylamide, aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer, poly(methacrylic acid anhydride), glycidyl methacrylate co-polymers, ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00115] A coating comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or other coating used to form immediate- or controlled-release particles provided by the present disclosure such as a sealant coating, a barrier coating, a pH-dependent release coating, and a pH- independent release coating can also comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as, for example, surfactants, lubricants, diluents, plasticizers, anti- adherents, glidants, buffers, disintegrants, fillers, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, pH-modifying agents, stabilizing agents, chelating agents, binders, thickening agents, coloring agents, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00116] Examples of surfactants useful in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings provided by the present disclosure include pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric (amphiphatic/ampophilic) surfactants, non- ionic surfactants, polyethyleneglycol esters or ethers, and combinations of any of the foregoing. Examples of useful pharmaceutically acceptable anionic surfactants include monovalent alkyl carboxylates, acyl lactylates, alkyl ether carboxylates, JV-acyl sarcosinates, polyvalent alkyl carbonates, N-acyl glutamates, fatty acid-polypeptide condensates, sulfuric acid esters, alkyl sulfates such as sodium lauryl sulfate, ethoxylated alkyl sulfates, ester linked sulfonates such as docusate sodium and dioctyl sodium succinate, alpha olefin sulfonates, or phosphated ethoxylated alcohols. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable cationic surfactants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include monoalkyl quaternary ammonium slats, dialkyl quaternary ammonium compounds, amidoamines, and aminimides. Examples of useful pharmaceutically acceptable amphoteric surfactants include TV-substituted alkyl amides, N-alkyl betaines, sulfobetaines, and N-alkyl-6-aminopropionates. Examples of
pharmaceutically acceptable polyethyleneglycol esters or ethers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include polyethoxylated castor oil, polyethoxylated hydrogenated castor oil, or hydrogenated castor oil.
[00117] Lubricants and anti-static agents may be included in a pharmaceutically acceptable coating to aid in processing. Examples of lubricants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include calcium stearate, glycerol behenate, glyceryl monostearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, polyethylene glycol, sodium stearyl fumarate, sodium lauryl sulfate, stearic acid, talc, vegetable oil, zinc stearate, and combinations of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, the lubricant is glyceryl monostearate. In certain embodiments, coatings may comprise an amount of lubricant ranging from about 1 wt% to about 15 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating.
[00118] Plasticizers may be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings to improve the physical properties of the cured coating. For example, plasticizers may increase the flexibility or elasticity of a coating comprising a film-forming material having a relatively high glass transition temperature such as ethyl cellulose. Examples of plasticizers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include adipates, azelate, benzoates, citrates, isoebucates, phthalates, sebacates, stearates, glycols, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, triacetin, dimethyl phthalate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dibutyl sebacate, triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, triethyl acetyl citrate, acetyltributylcitrate, glyceryl triacetate, castor oil, acetylated monoglycerides, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00119] Glidants may be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings to reduce sticking effects during processing, film formation, and/or drying. Examples of glidants useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include talc, magnesium stearate, glycerol monostearate, colloidal silicon dioxide, precipitated silicon dioxide, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00120] Examples of pH-buffering agents useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include citric acid, sodium citrate, fumaric acid, sodium fumarate, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00121] pH modifying agents can create a microenvironment around released (i?)-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen metabolite when exposed to aqueous fluids. For example, pH-modifying agents may drive the prodrug or the (i?)-baclofen metabolite to its net neutral form, thereby enhancing its absorption through the intestinal epithelia. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable alkaline pH modifying agents include, for example, L-lysine, L-arginine, sodium citrate, and magnesium hydroxide. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acidic pH modifying agents include, for example, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, and succinic acid.
[00122] Examples of stabilizers useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include anti-oxidants such as 3,5-di-fert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene (BHA), 3-(or 2)-ferz1-butyl-4-hydroxyanisole (BHT), ascorbic acids, tocopherols, and the like.
[00123] Binders may be included in coating compositions to hold the components of a coating together. Examples of binders useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include, for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, sugars, dextran, cornstarch, and combinations of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, the binder is polyvinylpyrrolidone such as Plasdone® K29/32 Plasdone (ISP Technologies, Wayne, NJ).
[00124] Anti-foaming agents may also be included in pharmaceutically acceptable coatings. Examples of anti-foaming agents useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include silicone and simethicone.
[00125] Examples of pigments useful in coatings provided by the present disclosure include titanium dioxide, food color lakes, and iron oxides.
[00126] Controlled release coatings provided by the present disclosure may also comprise erosion-promoting agents such as starch and gums, materials useful for making microporous lamina in the use environment such as polycarbonates characterized by linear polyesters of carbonic acid in which carbonate groups reoccur in the polymer chain, and/or semi-permeable polymers such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, lactose, and metal stearates.
[00127] Release of a prodrug of (iζ)-baclofen from controlled release particles may further be influenced, for example, adjusted to a desired release rate, by providing
one or more pores or passageways through one or more coatings. Release-modifying materials, which may be incorporated into controlled release coatings, and which function as pore-formers may be organic or inorganic, include materials that can be dissolved, extracted, or leached from the coating in the environment of use, e.g., the gastrointestinal tract or in a certain region or regions of the gastrointestinal tract, such as hydrophilic materials, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose.
[00128] The combination of all solid components of the polymeric material, including co-polymers, fillers, plasticizers, and optional excipients and processing aids, can provide an about 10% to about 450% weight gain to the cores. In certain embodiments, the weight gain is about 30 to about 160%.
[00129] Any of the controlled-release materials can be combined with one or more other controlled release materials to provide a controlled-release coating, or can be provided as separate coatings, eac coating comprising one or more controlled-release materials applied to a core comprising a coating of a (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug.
Dosage Forms
[00130] Certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure provide oral dosage forms containing at least one population of particles disclosed herein, in the form of a liquid, liquid suspension, gel, capsule, tablet, chewable tablet, crushable tablet, rapidly dissolving tablet, or sachet or capsule for reconstitution. In certain embodiments, a dosage form can be a capsule, a tablet, or a liquid suspension. A dosage form can be of any shape suitable for oral administration of a drug, such as spheroidal, cube-shaped oval, or ellipsoidal. A dosage form can be prepared from the particles in a manner known in the art and can further include additional pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, as appropriate.
[00131] In certain embodiments, one or more populations of controlled-release particles and optional population of immediate release particles can be placed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen when orally ingested.
[00132] In certain embodiments, one or more populations of controlled release particles and optional population of immediate-release particles can be compressed into a
tablet using tableting equipment and known techniques. Techniques and compositions for making tablets (compressed and molded) capsules (hard and soft gelatin), and pills are also described in, for example, "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy," 21st Ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005, Chapter 45. Tablet dosage forms can be prepared by various conventional mixing, comminution and fabrication techniques readily apparent to those skilled in the chemistry of drug formulations. Examples of such techniques include direct compression using appropriate punches and dies, the punches and dies are fitted to a suitable rotary tableting press; injection or compression molding using suitable molds fitted to a compression unit; granulation followed by compression; and extrusion in the form of a paste, into a mold or to an extrudate to be cut into lengths. Excipients useful in tablet formulations include, for example, an inert diluent such as lactose, granulating and disintegrating agents, such as cornstarch, binding agents, such as starch, and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate. A tablet can comprise a unit dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, or in the case of a mini-tablet, which comprises less than a unit dose, mini-tablets can be filled into capsules to provide a unit dose. In certain embodiments, a tablet can be a multilayer tablet in which different layers contain different particle populations and/or different excipients that affect the release properties of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from each tablet layer. Tablets can be disintegrating tablets, fast dissolving tablets, effervescent tablets, fast melt tablets, chewable tablets, crushable tablets, and/or mini-tablets.
[00133] Disintegrants can be included in a tablet formulation to cause a tablet to break apart, for example, by expansion of a disintegrants when exposed to water. Examples of useful disintegrants include water swellable substances such as low- substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (sodium croscarmellose), sodium starch glycolate, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl starch, ion-exchange resins, microcrystalline cellulose, starches and pregelatinized starch, formalin-casein, alginic acid, certain complex silicates, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00134] Fillers can be included in dosage forms provided by the present disclosure. A filler can be a water insoluble filler, water soluble filler, or combinations of any of the foregoing. Examples of useful water insoluble fillers include silicon dioxide,
titanium dioxide, talc, alumina, starch, kaolin, polacrilin potassium, powdered cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, fumed silica, glyceryl monostearate, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, colloidal silica, micronized silica, magnesium trisilicate, gypsum, and combinations of any of the foregoing. Examples of water-soluble fillers include water soluble sugars and sugar alcohols, such as lactose, glucose, fructose, sucrose, mannose, dextrose, galactose, the corresponding sugar alcohols and other sugar alcohols, such as mannitol, sorbitol, xylitol, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00135] In certain embodiments, a dosage form can comprise a suspension in which one or more populations of particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug are dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent formulation. A solvent formulation can include water, ethanol, flavorings, colorings, or combinations of any of the foregoing. Liquid oral dosage forms can include aqueous and non-aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules, containing suitable solvents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, diluents, sweeteners, coloring agents, and flavoring agents, preservatives, and combinations of any of the foregoing. The solvent of an aqueous-based orally acceptable pharmaceutical carrier is entirely or predominantly water and can include a suspending agent. Examples of carriers include aqueous solutions, syrups, elixirs, dispersions, suspensions, emulsions such as oil-in- water emulsions, and microemulsions. Examples of suspending agents include microcrystalline cellulose/sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, guar gum, and the like. Co-solvents useful to solubilize and incorporate water-insoluble ingredients into a suspension include propylene glycol, glycerin, sorbitol solution, and the like. In addition, a liquid formulation can include excipients such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspension agents, sweetening, flavoring, coloring, perfuming, and preserving agents. Examples of suspension agents include ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, tragacanth, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
[00136] In certain embodiments, controlled-release particles and optional immediate-release particles can be incorporated into gels such as ion-exchange resin containing gel compositions.
[00137] In certain embodiments, controlled-release particles and optional immediate-release particles can be provided in a sachet, capsule, or other suitable packaging material as a unit dose in which the contents can be reconstituted at the time of use into a suitable vehicle such as water. The dose-containing package can further include excipients to facilitate the dispersion of the particles in water.
[00138] For dosage forms comprising more than one population of particles, the relative quantity of each population of particles can depend on the release profile of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug in the gastrointestinal tract intended to be achieved. In certain embodiments, it can be desirable that a dosage form comprising (i?)-baclofen prodrug provides a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient. In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient ranges from about 1 ng/mL to about 400 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, from about 10 ng/mL to about 200 ng/mL. In certain embodiments, a dosage form can provide a blood or plasma concentration profile of (i?)-baclofen substantially as shown in any one of FIGS. 6 and 9 following oral administration to a patient. In certain embodiments, a dosage from can provide a blood or plasma concentration profile of (i?)-baclofen that is bioequivalent to a profile shown in FIGS. 6 and 9. Achieving such sustained release profiles will depend, at least in part, on the pharmacokinetics of a (iQ-baclofen prodrug and/or (i?)-baclofen, as well as the release characteristics of compound (4) from the dosage form. The pharmacokinetics of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug refers to the absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME) of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug in a patient to which a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug is administered.
[00139] In certain embodiments, an oral sustained release dosage form containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprises a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments from about 2 mg to about 40 mg.
[00140] In certain embodiments, a dosage form is substantially free of lactam side products formed by intramolecular cyclization of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or (R)-
baclofen. A dosage form can be stable to extended storage, such as for example, greater than one year, without substantial lactam formation such as less than 0.5% lactam by weight, less than 0.2% lactam by weight, or less than 0.1% lactam by weight.
[00141] In certain embodiments, methods of preparing an oral dosage form of an (ϋ)-baclofen prodrug, such as a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein at least one of the particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b), comprising coating cores with a formulation comprising the (i?)-baclofen prodrug to form at least one particle (c) population; coating particles of at least one particle (c) population with a pH-independent release coating to form at least one particle (a) population, coating particles of at least one particle (c) population with a pH- dependent release coating to form at least one particle (V) population; and combining at least two particle populations wherein at least one of the particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b) in a pharmaceutically acceptable oral delivery vehicle to provide the oral dosage form. In certain embodiments, the combination of at least two particle populations is chosen from particle populations (a) and (c), particle populations (a) and (b), particle populations ((b) and (c), and particle populations (a), (b), and (c).
[00142] Controlled release capsules comprise a plurality of controlled release particles, each of the controlled release particles comprising immediate release particles, which comprise a core and a coating comprising compound (4) and a binder. Immediate release particles release compound (4) upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid more rapidly than controlled release particles and in a manner that does not affect the rate of absorption of compound (4) from the gastrointestinal tract.
[00143] Cores may be inert or active. Active cores comprise compound (4) and optionally additional components such a binder.
[00144] In embodiments in which cores are inert, inert cores are coated with an immediate release coating comprising compound (4) to form immediate release particles. In embodiments in which cores are active, e.g., contain compound (4), cores comprising compound (4) may be coated with an immediate release coating to provide immediate release particles, or cores comprising compound (4), with or without a coating, may be used as immediate release particles. In certain embodiments, immediate release particles may comprise uncoated granules or powders of compound (4), may comprise inert cores
having a coating of compound (4), or may include granules or pellets of compound (4) coated with a highly soluble immediate release coating.
[00145] Inert cores may comprise any appropriate type of core material useful in pharmaceutical applications, and which may be water insoluble, such as cellulose spheres or silicon dioxide, or may be water soluble such as starch and/or sugar. Cores may comprise beads, ion-exchange resin beads, spheroids, spheres, seeds, pellets, granules, or other particulate form. Cores may comprise a material such as sugar, starch, sugar and starch, sucrose crystals, extruded and dried spheres comprising excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose and lactose, or an acidic or alkaline buffer crystal such as calcium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, or combinations of any of the foregoing, which may alter the microenvironment of the compound (4) to facilitate release of the compound (4) and/or impact the chemical stability of compound (4). In certain embodiments, inert cores comprise sugar (Sugar Sphere NF). Inert cores may have any appropriate dimension suitable for oral delivery. For example, inert cores may have a diameter ranging from about 15 mesh to about 50 mesh, from about 20 mesh to about 25 mesh, or from about 30 mesh to about 35 mesh. In certain embodiments, inert cores may have a diameter ranging from about 0.25 mm to about 3 mm, and in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mm to about 1 mm.
[00146] To form immediate release particles, inert cores may be coated with a formulation comprising compound (4) that provides for immediate release of compound (4). Coatings may further comprise a binding agent to provide adhesion between cores and compound (4). Binding agents may be water-soluble and may include any appropriate binding agent k such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, low molecular weight hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), polymethacrylate, ethyl cellulose, or combinations of any of the foregoing. In certain embodiments, a binding agent is a polyvinylpyrrolidone polymer such as Plasdone® K29/32 Povidone USP/NF. Plasdone K29-32 is a linear homopolymer of vinyl pyrrolidone having a K-value from about 29 to about 32, a viscosity in 5% aqueous solution of about 2.5 cp at 25 0C, a nominal molecular weight of 58x103, and a glass transition temperature, Tg, of 164 0C. In certain embodiments, coating compositions comprise an amount of binder ranging from about 2 wt% to about 10 wt%, and in certain
embodiments from about 4 wt% to about 6 wt% based on the total solids weight of the coating composition.
[00147] In certain embodiments, controlled-release coatings may provide pH- independent release of compound (4). pH-independent release coatings release compound (4) from controlled release particles at a rate independent of the pH of the fluid in which the particles are immersed. Ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit® RS and Eudragit® RL are examples of useful pH-independent release polymers. Eudragit® RL and Eudragit® RS are acrylic resins comprising copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups. The ammonium groups are present as salts and impart permeability to the lacquer films formed by the cured resins. Eudragit® RL and Eudragit® RS swell in water and gastrointestinal fluids in a pH-independent manner. In the swollen state the coatings are permeable to water and release or dissolve active compounds. Eudragit® RL and Eudragit® RS may be used alone in pH-independent release coatings, combined together, combined with other ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers, or combined with other methacrylic acid copolymers to achieve a desired release property. In certain embodiments, pH independent release polymers are ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymers such as Eudragit® RL 100.
[00148] Controlled release particles comprising compound (4) and a release rate modifying coating may be incorporated into a number of oral dosage forms including capsules, tablets, and liquid suspensions. In certain embodiments, controlled release particles may be placed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient when orally ingested. Capsules comprising controlled release particles are referred to herein as controlled release capsules. In certain embodiments, controlled release capsules comprise a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4) such as for example, form about 1 mg to about 100 mg of compound (4). In certain embodiments, controlled release capsules may comprise less than a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4), in which case multiple capsules may be administered simultaneously or over a period of time to provide a therapeutically effective amount of compound (4).
Release Characteristics of Particles and Dosage Forms
[00149] When administered orally to a patient, i.e., by a patient swallowing a dosage form provided by the present disclosure, a dosage form can provide a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient during a continuous period of time. In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form can provide a concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient that is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration, and less than a minimum adverse concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of the patient. In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure provide a therapeutically effective concentration (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time without exceeding the minimum adverse concentration of (R)-baclofen. In certain embodiments, the concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient does not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient. Oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can provide a therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time while reducing or eliminating adverse drug effects associated with the high blood and/or plasma concentrations of (R)-baclofen, e.g. at concentrations above the minimum adverse concentration, observed following oral dosing of (R)-baclofen dosage forms. The high oral bioavailability of (R)-baclofen achievable by dosage forms comprising a (R)- baclofen prodrug provided by the present disclosure can facilitate the use of lower mass equivalents of (R)-baclofen in a dose to achieve a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient compared to the amount of (R)-baclofen in an oral dosage form comprising (R)-baclofen.
[00150] A (R)-baclofen prodrug such as a compound of Formula (I) and compound (4) can exhibit enhanced oral bioavailability as (R)-baclofen compared to the oral bioavailability of an equivalent amount of (R)-baclofen when administered in an equivalent dosage form. The enhanced oral bioavailability of a (R)-baclofen prodrug is believed to be due the efficient absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug throughout the gastrointestinal tract, including the colon, via passive and/or active transport mechanisms.
[00151] The human gastrointestinal tract includes the small intestine and the large intestine. The human small intestine is a convoluted tube about twenty feet in length between the stomach and large intestine. The small intestine is subdivided into the duodenum, the jejunum, and the ileum. The large intestine is about 5 feet in length and runs from the ileum to the anus. The large intestine is divided into the caecum, colon, and the rectum. The colon is divided into four parts including the ascending, traverse, descending, and the sigmoid flexure. In general, an orally ingested compound resides about 1 to 6 hours in the stomach, about 2 to 7 hours in the small intestine, and about 8 to 18 hours in the colon. Thus, the greatest period of time for sustained release of a compound occurs when the compound is passing through the colon.
[00152] (R)-Baclofen prodrugs such as compound (4) exhibit enhanced absorption during the extended period of time that the compound passes through the gastrointestinal tract and are absorbed by active transport, passive transport, or a combination of active and passive transport mechanisms. Increased absorption and in particular colonic absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can result in increased systemic bioavailability of a (R)-baclofen prodrug over an extended period of time. Systemic bioavailability refers to the rate and extent of systemic exposure to a drug or an active metabolite thereof, e.g. (R)-baclofen, as reflected in the integrated blood or plasma concentration over a period of time, also referred to as "area under the curve" (AUC). (R)-Baclofen prodrugs such as compound (4) is believed to be capable of absorption over a significant length of the gastrointestinal tract, including the large intestine, and in particular the colon.
[00153] Dosage forms, upon releasing a (R)-baclofen prodrug, can provide (R)- baclofen upon in vivo administration to a patient. The promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be cleaved either chemically and/or enzymatically. One or more enzymes, such as esterases, present in the intestinal lumen, intestinal tissue, blood, liver, brain, and/or any other suitable tissue of a mammal can enzymatically cleave the promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug. If the promoiety is cleaved after absorption by the gastrointestinal tract, a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the large intestine. In certain embodiments, the promoiety of a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be cleaved after absorption by the gastrointestinal tract. In certain embodiments, the
promoiety can be cleaved in the gastrointestinal tract and (R)-baclofen can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the gastrointestinal tract, including the large intestine. In certain embodiments, a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be absorbed into the systemic circulation from the gastrointestinal tract, and the promoiety can be cleaved in the systemic circulation, after absorption of a (R)-baclofen prodrug from the gastrointestinal tract.
[00154] Sustained release dosage forms provided by the present disclosure are capable of providing a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (R)-baclofen in the blood of a patient following oral administration. For example, dosage forms may provide a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient during a continuous time period chosen from at least about 4 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 16 hours, at least about 20 hours, or at least about 24 hours, after oral administration to a patient. In certain embodiments, the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient will not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient, e.g., will not reach a concentration that causes adverse events in the particular patient. In certain embodiments, a minimum therapeutically effective blood (i?)-baclofen concentration will be about 2 ng/mL, about 5 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL, about 20 ng/mL, about 30 ng/mL, about 40 ng/mL, about 50 ng/mL, or about 60 ng/mL. In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen for treating is from about 1 ng/mL to less than about 400 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments from about 10 ng/mL to less than about 200 ng/mL.
[00155] In certain embodiments, it may be desirable that the blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen be maintained at a level between a concentration that causes moderate sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient and a minimum therapeutically effective concentration for treating a disease in a patient for a continuous period of time. The blood concentration of (i?)-baclofen that causes moderate sedation or impaired motor coordination in a patient can vary depending on the individual patient.
[00156] In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective dose of a prodrug of a GABAB agonist provides a blood concentration of the corresponding GABAB agonist that is therapeutically effective for treating a disease in a patient, and that is less than a
concentration effective in causing moderate sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient, for example, less than about 400 ng/mL, less than about 200 ng/niL, or less than about 100 ng/mL. In certain embodiments, methods provided by the present disclosure provide a blood (J?)-baclofen concentration that, following oral administration to a patient, does not produce sedation and/or impaired motor coordination in the patient. In certain embodiments, methods provided by the present disclosure provide a blood (R)- baclofen concentration that, following oral administration to a patient, produces moderate sedation in a patient.
[00157] The pharmacokinetic profile of the blood (iϋ)-baclofen concentration can be characterized by a lower Cmax/Ci2 ratio, and a lower Cmax/dose, compared to immediate release and sustained release oral formulations comprising (i?)-baclofen that provide a similar (i?)-baclofen blood AUCmf.
[00158] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to a human patient provides a blood
(i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a Cmax / C12 ratio ranging from about 1 to about 6; a Cmax / dose ratio ranging from about 1.25 (106^mL)"1 to about 3.25 (lO^mL)"1; and an AUC,nf / dose ratio ranging from about 13 (hr/106-mL) to about 33 (hr/106-mL).
[00159] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a Cmax / Ci2 ratio ranging from about 2.3 to about 4.3; a Cmax / dose ratio ranging from about 1.75 (106-mL)"1 to about 2.75 (106-mL)"1; and an AUC;nf / dose ratio ranging from about 18 (hr/106-mL) to about 28 (hr/106-mL).
[00160] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides a blood (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a Cmax / Ci2 ratio ranging from about 2.8 to about 3.8; a Cmax / dose ratio ranging from about 2.0
(106-mL)"! to about 2.5 (lO^mL)"1; and an AUCmf / dose ratio ranging from about 18 (hr/106-mL) to about 28 (hr/106-mL).
[00161] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), following oral administration to the human patient provides an oral bioavailability of (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid ranging from about 20% to about 72%.
[00162] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), when administered orally to a patient provides a (iϋ)-baclofen plasma concentration profile substantially as shown in FIG. 6.
[00163] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), when administered orally to a patient provides a (i?)-baclofen plasma concentration profile that is bioequivalent to the profile shown in FIG. 6.
[00164] In certain embodiments, an oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is 3Λ)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing.
[00165] A dosage regimen employing oral administration of dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may be developed to maintain a concentration of (R)- baclofen in the blood of a patient, which is greater than a minimum therapeutically effective concentration and less than a minimum adverse concentration for a prolonged period of time. In certain embodiments, a minimum therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen may range from about 1 ng/mL to about 200 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, can range from about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL. In certain embodiments, a minimum adverse concentration can range from about 200 ng/mL to about 2,000 ng/mL, and in certain embodiments, can range from about 500 ng/mL to about 1,000 ng/mL. A minimum therapeutic concentration and a minimum adverse concentration will depend on a number of factors such as the disease being treated, the
severity of the disease, the intended clinical outcome, the condition of the patient being treated, and so forth. Such regimens may employ repeated dosing of one or more dosage forms provided by the present disclosure. An appropriate interval of dosing may depend, for example, on the amount of (i?)-baclofen such as compound (4) in the dosage form, the composition of the dosage form, the release characteristics of compound (4) from the dosage form, the disease being treated, the condition of the patient, the potential adverse effects, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. Dosage regimens may include repeated administration of the same dosage form at each interval or different dosage forms at different intervals. For example, a twice-daily dosage regimen can include the administration of a first dosage form in the morning, and a second dosage form in the evening.
[00166] Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure further include dosage forms that are bioequivalent to the dosage forms disclosed herein, in terms of both rate and extent of absorption, for example as defined by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and discussed in "Guidance for Industry - Bioavailability and Bioequivalence Studies for Orally Administered Drug Products" (2003).
Dissolution Profiles of Tablet Dosage Forms
[00167] Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure comprising compound (4) may be characterized, in part, by their in vitro dissolution profile. Methods for determining dissolution profiles of dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts. Standard methodologies set forth in the U.S. Pharmacopeia may be used. For example, a dissolution profile may be measured in either a U.S. Pharmacopeia Type I Apparatus (baskets) or a U.S. Pharmacopeia Type II Apparatus (paddles).
[00168] Using the latter method, dissolution, or release, profiles of (i?)-baclofen prodrug dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may be determined by immersing dosage forms in a 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer (KH2PO4) at pH 7.4, and a temperature of 37 0C. The dissolution medium is agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II). Samples are withdrawn from the dissolution medium at intervals and the content of compound (4) and (J?)-baclofen in the dissolution medium determined using reversed phase HPLC.
[00169] Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure comprising a (R)- baclofen prodrug can be formulated so that a desired dissolution profile is achieved by including a single population of particles or at least two particle populations in a single dosage form. Alternatively, in certain embodiments, a desired dissolution profile can be achieved by employing more than one dosage form in which the separate dosage forms comprise particles with different release characteristics.
[00170] In certain embodiments, release of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the population (a) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 1.5 hours; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 2.5 hours; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 4 hours.
[00171] In certain embodiments, release of (i?)-baclofen prodrug from the population (b) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 °C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 13 minutes; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 20 minutes; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 25 minutes; and substantially no (J?)-baclofen prodrug is released from the population (b) particles in 10 mM potassium monophosphate buffer at pH 6.0 and 37 0C after at least about 60 minutes.
[00172] In certain embodiments, release of (iζ)-baclofen prodrug from population (c) particles can exhibit the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer (KH2PO4) at pH 7.4 and 37 0C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): about 20 % of the (iu)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 2.5 minutes; about 50 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 6 minutes; and about 80 % of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is released within about 10 minutes.
[00173] In certain embodiments, release of compound (4) from controlled release particles exhibits an in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II) in which from about 35% to about 45% of compound (4) is released within about 4 hours; from about 60% to about 80% of compound (4) is released within about 7.6 hours; and from about
85% to about 95% of compound (4) is released within about 13 hours. In certain embodiments, release of compound (4) from controlled release particles exhibits an in vitro dissolution profile in 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 and 37 0C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II) in which from about 20% of compound (4) is released within about 4 hours; from about 70% of compound (4) is released within about 7.6 hours; and from about 90% of compound (4) is released within about 13 hours.
[00174] Certain embodiments provided by the present disclosure provide oral pharmaceutical dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, comprising a combination of at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b): (a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and (b) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in blood and/or plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient. In certain of such embodiments, the i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3i?)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, which in certain embodiments can be in a crystalline form.
[00175] In certain embodiments of oral dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprising a combination of at least two particle populations, the dosage forms comprise particle populations (a) and (b).
[00176] In certain embodiments of oral dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprising a combination of at least two particle populations, the dosage forms can comprise more than one particle population (a) and/or more than one particle population (b) in which each of the more than one particle populations (a) has a different release profile than the other particle populations (a), and each of the more than one particle populations (b) has a different release profile than the other particle populations (b). For example, a dosage form can comprise a first particle population (a) having a first release
profile that is independent of the solution pH, and a second particle population (a) having a second release profile that is independent of the solution pH, wherein the second release profile is different than the first release profile. As another example, a dosage form can comprise a first particle population (b) having a third release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, and a second particle population (b) having a fourth release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the fourth release profile is different than the third release profile.
[00177] In certain embodiments of oral dosage forms of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug comprising a combination of at least two particle populations, the dosage forms further comprise a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles (population (c) particles), the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing substantially all of the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution within about 1 hour of being placed in the solution.
[00178] Oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can comprise a combination of particle populations such as particle populations (a) and (c), particle populations (a) and (b), or particle populations (a), (b), and (c).
Therapeutic Uses
[00179] Sustained release oral dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can be administered to a patient suffering from any disease or disorder for which the parent drug, (i?)-baclofen, is known, believed to be, or hereafter discovered to be therapeutically effective. Indications for which (i?)-baclofen has been prescribed, and hence for which the dosage forms provided by the present disclosure are also effective, include spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain. The dosage forms can also be administered to a patient as a preventive measure against the diseases or disorders disclosed herein. Thus, the dosage forms can be administered as a preventive measure to a patient having a predisposition for spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain.
[00180] The suitability of an oral dosage form provided by the present disclosure in treating the above-listed diseases and conditions can be determined by methods described in the art.
[00181] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (i?)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating spasticity can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials. Animal models of spasticity are known (See e.g., Eaton, J Rehab Res Dev 2003, 40(4), 41-54; Kakinohana et al., Neuroscience 2006, 141, 1569-1583; Ligresti et al, British J Pharm 2006, 147, 83-91; Zhang et al, Chinese J Clin Rehab, 2006, 10(38), 150-151; Hefferan et al, Neuroscience Letters 2006, 403, 195-200; and Li et al., J Neurophysiol 2004, 92, 2694-2703. Randomized double-blind placebo- controlled clinical trials for evaluating spasticity treatments are described, for example, in Priebe et al, Spinal Cord 1997, 35(3), 171-5; Gruenthal et al, Spinal Cord 1997, 35(10), 686-9; and Tuszynski et al, Spinal Cord 2Q01, 45, 222-231; and Steeves et al, Spinal Cord2007, 45, 206-221 for examples of the conduct and assessment of clinical trials for spasticity caused by spinal cord injury.
[00182] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating gastroesophageal reflux disease can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Blackshaw et al., Am J Physiol 1999, 277, G867-G874; and Lehamnn et al., Eur J Pharmacology 2000, 403, 163-167.
[00183] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating emesis can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Oliver et al, Chem-Biol Interaction 1989, 69, 353-357.
[00184] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating cough can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Bolser et al., Br J Pharmacol 1993, 110, 491-495; Lewis et al., Pulmonary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 2007, 20, 325-333; and Chan et al., Eur J Pharmacology 2007, 559, 196-201.
[00185] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating narcotic addiction and abuse can be
assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Heinzerling et al., Drug Alcohol Dependence 2006, 85, 177-184; Haney et al., Neuropsychopharmacology 2006, 31, 1814-1821; and Spano et al., Neuropharmacology 2007, 52, 1555-1562.
[00186] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating alcohol addiction and abuse can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Flannery et al., Alcoholism: Clin Experimental Res 2004, 28(10), 1517-1523.
[00187] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating nicotine addiction and abuse can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials such as disclosed, for example, in Paterson et al., Neuropsychopharmacology 2005, 30, 119-128.
[00188] The efficacy of dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure for treating one or more types of neuropathic pain can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials {see e.g., Beggs and Salter, Drug Dev Res 2006, 67, 829-301). Useful animal models of neuropathic pain include peripheral nerve injury by ligation or transection include dorsal rhizotomy (Lombard et al, Pain 1979, 6(2), 163-174); spinal nerve ligation (Kim and Chung, Pain 1992, 50, 355-363; and Hwang and Yaksh, Pain 1997, 70, 15-22); sciatic nerve transaction (Wall et al., Pain 1979, 7, 103-111); sciatic nerve cuff (Mosconi and Kruger, Pain 1996, 64, 37-57); partial nerve ligation (Seltzer et al, Pain 1990, 43, 205-218); chronic constriction (Bennett and Xie, Pain 1988, 33, 87-107); rat spinal cord ischemia model (Hao et al., Pain 1991, 45, 175-185; and von Heijne et al, Eur J Pain 2001, 5, 1- 10); and spared nerve injury (Decosterd and Woolf, Pain 2000, 87, 149-158).
[00189] The efficacy of prodrugs of GABAB agonists provided by the present disclosure for treating one or more types of musculoskeletal pain can be assessed in animal models of neuropathic pain and in clinical trials. For example, Kehl et al, disclose an animal model of muscle hyperplasia that employs intramuscular injection of carrageenan as useful for assessing the mechanisms and management of musculoskeletal pain (Kehl et al, Pain 2000, 85, 333-343).
Dosing
[00190] The amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug that will be effective in the treatment of a particular disease, disorder, or condition disclosed herein will depend, at least in part, on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques known in the art as previously described. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The amount of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug administered can depend on, among other factors, the subject being treated, the weight of the subject, the severity of the disease or disorder, the manner of administration, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. Dosage ranges and dosing intervals can be determined by methods known to those skilled in the art. Suitable dosage ranges for oral administration of (i?)-baclofen are generally about 0.1 mg/day to about 100 mg/day and the dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be adjusted to provide an equivalent molar quantity or mass equivalent dose of (i?)-baclofen. In certain embodiments, a dose can comprise a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments, from about 2 mg to about 40 mg. The dose of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and appropriate dosing intervals can be selected to maintain a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood and/or plasma of a patient, and in certain embodiments, without exceeding a minimum adverse concentration.
[00191] In certain embodiments, dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can be administered once per day such as a once-daily dosage from comprising a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, in certain embodiments, twice per day such as a twice-daily dosage from comprising a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg, and in certain embodiments at intervals greater than once per day. Dosing can be provided alone or in combination with other drugs and can continue as long as required for effective treatment of the disease or disorder. Dosing includes administering a dosage from to a mammal, such as a human, in a fed or fasted state.
[00192] A dose of a (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug such as compound (4) can be adjusted to provide an equivalent molar quantity or mass equivalent dose of (i?)-baclofen.
Therapeutically effective doses of (i?)-baclofen are generally from about 0.15 mg to about 2.5 mg per kilogram body weight per day. In certain embodiments, a dose can comprise a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg, in certain embodiments, from about 0.5 mg to about 80 mg, and in certain embodiments, from about 2 mg to about 40 mg. The dose of compound (4) and appropriate dosing intervals can be selected to maintain a sustained therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient, and in certain embodiments, without exceeding a minimum adverse concentration.
[00193] In certain embodiments, dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may be administered once per day, twice per day, and in certain embodiments at intervals greater than once per day. Dosing may be provided alone or in combination with other drugs and may continue as long as required for effective treatment of the disease. Dosing includes administering a dosage form to a mammal, such as a human, in a fed or fasted state.
Combination Therapy
[00194] Dosage forms provided by the present disclosure may further comprise one or more pharmaceutically active compounds in addition to a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. Such compounds may be provided to treat the same disease or a different disease than the disease being treated with the (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
[00195] In certain embodiments, a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be used in combination with at least one other therapeutic agent. In certain embodiments, compound (4) may be administered to a patient together with another compound for treating movement disorders such as spasticity, digestive disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and emesis, or addictive or abuse disorders such as nicotine addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, narcotic addiction or abuse, cough, neuropathic pain, or musculoskeletal pain. In certain embodiments, the at least one other therapeutic agent may be a different (i?)-baclofen prodrug. A (i?)-baclofen prodrug and the at least one other therapeutic agent may act additively or, and in certain embodiments, synergistically. The at least one additional therapeutic agent may be included in the same dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or may be in a separate dosage form.
Accordingly, methods provided by the present disclosure can further include, in addition to administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, administering one or more therapeutic agents effective for treating the same or different disease than the disease being treated by a (R)- baclofen prodrug. Methods provided by the present disclosure include administration of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
[00196] In certain embodiments, dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be administered concurrently with the administration of another therapeutic agent, which may be part of the same dosage form as, or in a different dosage form than that comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. A (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be administered prior or subsequent to administration of another therapeutic agent. In certain embodiments of combination therapy, the combination therapy may comprise alternating between administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a composition comprising another therapeutic agent, e.g., to minimize adverse drug effects associated with a particular drug. When a (i?)-baclofen prodrug is administered concurrently with another therapeutic agent that potentially may produce an adverse drug effect including, but not limited to, toxicity, the other therapeutic agent may advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold at which the adverse drug reaction is elicited.
[00197] In certain embodiments, dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baelofen prodrug may be administered with one or more substances to enhance, modulate and/or control release, bioavailability, therapeutic efficacy, therapeutic potency, stability, and the like of a (iJ)-baclofen prodrug. For example, to enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or its metabolite, (7?)-baclofen, a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be coadministered with a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or may comprise one or more active agents to increase the absorption or diffusion of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen from the gastrointestinal tract to the systemic circulation, and/or to inhibit degradation of a (iζ)-baclofen prodrug or (i?)-baclofen in the blood of a patient. In certain embodiments, a (i?)-baclofen prodrug may be co-administered with a dosage form comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug or an active agent having pharmacological effects that enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
[00198] Additionally, oral dosage forms comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug provided by the present disclosure may be used in combination with other drugs that are themselves known to cause spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, emesis, cough, neuropathic pain, and/or musculoskeletal pain as an adverse effect, thereby preventing or reducing the occurrence of such adverse effects.
[00199] Particles and/or dosage forms provided by the present disclosure can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically active compounds other than a (R)- baclofen prodrug. Such compound may be provided to treat the same condition or a different condition being treated with a (i?)-baclofen prodrug.
[00200] Methods provided by the present disclosure can further include, in addition to administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug, administering one or more therapeutic agents effective for treating the same or different disease, disorder, or condition as the disease, disorder, or condition being treated by a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. Methods provided by the present disclosure include administration of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
[00201] In certain embodiments, a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be administered concurrently with the administration of another therapeutic agent, which can be part of the same dosage form as, or in a different dosage form than the dosage form containing a (i?)-baclofen prodrug. In certain embodiments, a (i?)-baclofen prodrug can be administered prior or subsequent to administration of another therapeutic agent. In certain embodiments of combination therapy, the combination therapy comprises alternating between administering a (i?)-baclofen prodrug and a composition comprising another therapeutic agent, e.g., to minimize adverse drug effects associated with a particular drug. When a (R)-baclofen prodrug is administered concurrently with another therapeutic agent that potentially can produce an adverse drug effect including, but not limited to, toxicity, the other therapeutic agent can advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold at which the adverse drug reaction is elicited.
[00202] In certain embodiments, a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be administered with one or more substances to enhance, modulate and/or control release, bioavailability, therapeutic efficacy, therapeutic potency, stability, and the like of a (R)-baclofen prodrug. For example, to enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (R)-baclofen prodrug or its metabolite, (R)-baclofen, a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be co-administered with one or more active agents to increase the absorption or diffusion of a (R)-baclofen prodrug or (R)-baclofen from the gastrointestinal tract to the systemic circulation, or to inhibit degradation of a (R)-baclofen prodrug in the systemic circulation or blood and/or plasma of a patient. In certain embodiments, a (R)-baclofen prodrug can be co-administered with an active agent having pharmacological effects that enhance the therapeutic efficacy of a (R)-baclofen prodrug.
[00203] Methods provided by the present disclosure include administering one or more (R)-baclofen prodrugs and one or more other therapeutic agents provided that the combined administration does not inhibit the therapeutic efficacy of the one or more (R)- baclofen prodrugs and/or other therapeutic agent and/or does not produce adverse combination effects.
[00204] In certain embodiments, (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating a movement disorder such as spasticity in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating a movement disorder such as spasticity. Examples of drugs for treating movement disorders such as spasticity include levodopa, mild sedatives such as benzodiazepines including alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, clonazepam, clorazepate, diazepam, lorazepam, and oxazepam; muscle relaxants such as baclofen, anticholinergic drugs such as trihexyphenidyl and diphenhydramine; antipsychotics such as chlorpromazine, fluphenazine, haloperidol, loxapine, mesoridazine, molindone, perphenazine, pimozide, thioridazine, thiothixene, trifluoperazine, aripiprazole, clozapine, olanzapine, quetiapine, risperidone, and ziprasidone; and antidepressants such as amitriptyline.
[00205] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating a gastrointestinal disorder such as
gastroesophageal reflux disease in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating a gastrointestinal disorder such as gastroesophageal reflux disease. Examples of drugs for treating gastrointestinal disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease include H2 inhibitors such as cimetidine, famotidine, nizatidine, and ranitidine; proton pump inhibitors such as omeprazole, lansoprazole, pantoprazole, rabeprazole, and exomeprazole; and prokinetics such as cisparide, bethanechol, and metoclopramide.
[00206] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating emesis in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating emesis. Examples of drags for treating emesis (nausea and vomiting) include benzamines such as metoclopramide; phenothiazines such as prochlorperazine, perphenazine, chlorpromazine, promethazine, and thiethylperazine; butyrophenones such as droperidol and haloperidol; dopamine 2 antagonists such as metoclorpamide; 5-HT3 antagonists such as ondansetron, granisetron, dolasetron, palonosetron; NK-I receptor antagonists such as aprepitant, corticosteroids such as dexamethazone; antihistamines such as diphenhydramine and hydroxyzine; cannabinoids such as dronabinol; and benzodiazepines such as lorazepam, midazolam, alprazolam, and olanzapine
[00207] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating alcohol addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating alcohol addiction or abuse. Examples of drugs for treating alcohol addiction or abuse include disulfiram, naltrexone, clonidine, methadone, 1-alpha-acetylmethadol, buprenorphine, and bupropion.
[00208] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating narcotic addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating
narcotic addiction or abuse. Examples of drugs for treating narcotic addiction or abuse include buprenorphine, tramadol, methadone, and naltrexone.
[00209] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating nicotine addiction or abuse in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating nicotine addiction or abuse. Examples of drugs for treating nicotine addiction or abuse include bupropion, clonidine, and nicotine.
[00210] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating cough in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating cough. Examples of drugs for treating cough include dixtromethorphan, guaifenesin, hydrocodone, benzonatate, diphenhydramine, pseudoephedrine, acetaminophen, and carbinoxamine.
[00211] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating neuropathic pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating neuropathic pain. Examples of drugs useful for treating neuropathic pain include opioid analgesics such as morphine, codeine, fentanyl, meperidine, methadone, propoxyphene, levorphanol, hydromorphone, oxycodone, oxymorphone, tramadol and pentazocine; nonopioid analgesics such as aspirin, ibuprofen, ketoprofen, naproxen, and acetaminophen; non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as aspirin, choline magnesium trisalicylate, diflunisal, salsalate, celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib, diclofenac, etodolac, fenoprofen, flubiprofen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, meclofanamate, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, nabumetone, naproxen, oxaprozin, piroxicam, sulindac, and tometin; antiepileptics such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, phenytoin, lamotrigine, and topiramate; antidepressants such as duloxetine, amitriptyline, venlafaxine, nortriptyline, imipramine, and desipramine; local anesthetics such as lidocaine, and mexiletine; NMDA receptor antagonists such as dextropethorphan, memantine, and ketamine; TV-type calcium-channel blockers such as
ziconotide; vanilloid receptor- 1 modulators such as capsaicin; cannabinoid receptor modulators such as sativex; neurokinin receptor antagonists such as lanepitant; other analgesics such as neurotropin; and other drugs such as desipramine, clonazepam, divalproex, oxcarbazepine, divalproex, butorphanol, valdecoxib, vicoprofen, pentazocine, propoxyhene, fenoprofen, piroxicam, indometnacin, hydroxyzine, buprenorphine, benzocaine, clonidine, flurbiprofen, meperidine, lacosamide, desvenlafaxine, and bicifadine.
[00212] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating musculoskeletal pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating musculoskeletal pain. Examples of drugs useful for treating musculoskeletal pain include cyclobenzaprine, dantrolene, methocarbamol, orphenadrine, tizanidrine, metaxalone, carisoprodol, chlorphenesin, chlorzoxazone, alprazolam, bromazepam, chlordiazepoxide, clorazepate, diazepam, flunitriazepam, lorazepam, medazepam, midazolam, oxazepam, prazepam, triazolam, temazepam, and botulinum toxin.
[00213] In certain embodiments, oral dosage forms comprising (R)-baclofen prodrugs provided by the present disclosure and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be administered to a patient for treating low back pain in combination with a therapy or another therapeutic agent known or believed to be effective in treating low back pain. Examples of drugs useful for treating low back pain include NSAIDs such as aspirin, naproxen, and ibuprofen; anticonvulsants, antidepressants such as amitriptyline and desipramine; and opioids such as codeine, oxycodone, hydrocodone, and morphine. In certain embodiments, any of the drugs useful for treating neuropathic pain may be coadminstered with a prodrug of a GABAB agonist for treating low back pain. Therapies for low back pain include the use of cold and hot compresses, bed rest, exercise, spinal manipulation, acupuncture, biofeedback, interventional therapy, traction, transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, ultrasound, vertebroplasty, kyphoplasty, discectomy, foraminotomy, intradiscal electrothermal therapy, nucleoplasty, radiofrequency lesioning, spinal fusion, and spinal laminectomy.
Examples
[00214] The following examples describe in detail preparation and characterization of oral dosage forms comprising prodrugs of (i?)-baclofen and methods of using such dosage forms. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many modifications, both to materials and methods, may be practiced without departing from the scope of the disclosure.
Example 1 Controlled Release Capsules
[00215] Immediate release (IR) particles comprising (i?)-baclofen prodrug, (3i?)- 4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4- chlorophenyl)butanoic acid (4), were prepared by coating cores comprising the (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) with a pH independent release coating. 20/25 mesh sugar spheres (sugar spheres NF, Paulaur, Cranbury, NJ) were added to a fluid-bed coater bowl and heated to 29-31 0C. A coating formulation was prepared by dissolving (i?)-baclofen prodrug (4) and binder (Plasdone® K29/32 Povidone, USP/NF, ISP Corporation) in 409 gm of a 50:50 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone. The coating formulation comprising (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug (4) was sprayed onto the sugar spheres while maintaining the outlet temperature at 29-31 0C to form the immediate-release cores. The amounts of the components forming the immediate-release cores are provided in Table 1.
Table 1 : Composition of Immediate-Release Cores
„ , Amount/Capsule % Composition Ingredient Component , . r , , ^ . (mg) (w/w) category
Compound (4) 2.00 2.64 Drug substance
20/25 Sugar sphere , NF 73.65 97.21 Inert core
Plasdone® K29/32 Povidone
0.11 0.15 Binder
USP/NF
Isopropyl alcohol, USP - - Solvent
Acetone, NF Solvent
Total 75.76 100.00
[00216] pH independent release particles were prepared by coating the immediate release cores with a pH independent release polymer. The cores were spray coated with a mixture comprising which 9.7 gm ammonioalkyl methacrylic acid copolymer type A (Eudragit® RL 100, Rohm Pharma) and 0.3 gm glyceryl monostearate were dissolved in 125 gm of a 60:40 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone.
[00217] The controlled release particles, coated with the pH independent release polymer, were then loaded into size #0 hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) capsules in a quantity to provide 10 mg of compound (4), equivalent to 5.34 gm of (i?)-baclofen. The pH independent release particles were then loaded into HPMC capsules. The relative amounts of the components forming controlled release capsules are provided in Table 2.
Table 2: Composition of Capsules Comprising pH Independent Release Particles
Amount/Capsule % Composition Ingredient (mg) (w/w) category
Drug substance
IR Cores / Compound (4) 353.16 82.64 coated beads
Ammonioalkyl Methacrylate pH-independent Copolymer Type A release
71.97 16.84 controlling (Eudragit® RL 100), USP, NF polymer
Glyceryl Monostearate, USP,
2.22 0.52 Antistatic Agent
NF
Size #0 white, opaque HPMC
Capsule Shell capsule shell
Total 427.35 100.00
Example 2 Composition of pH-Dependent Release Capsules
[00218] pH-dependent release capsules were manufactured using essentially the same procedure as in Example 1 using a coating mixture in which 9.7 gm methacrylic acid copolymer type B (Eudragit S 100, Rohm Pharma) and 0.3 g glyceryl monostearate were dissolved in 125 mL of a 60:40 mixture of isopropyl alcohol and acetone. The relative amounts of the components forming an pH dependent-release capsule are provided in Table 2.
Table 2: Composition of pH-Dependent Release Capsules
Amount/Capsule % Composition Ingredient (mg) (w/w) category
Drug substance IR Beads / Compound (4) 82.29 89.28 coated beads
Methacrylic acid copolymer co _ _ P " epen fn
; TM i * 9.58 10.39 release control
Type B (Eudragit S lOO)5 NF polymer
Glyceryl Mono Stearate, USP, Λ .. n __ τ i. • *. xττ; ^ 0.30 0.33 Lubricant
NF
Isopropyl alcohol, USP - - Solvent
Acetone, NF - - Solvent
Total Weight 92.17 100.00
Example 3 In Vitro Dissolution Profiles
[00219] In vitro dissolution profiles for the dosage forms prepared according to Examples 1-2 were determined according to USP Method 2 (Type II, paddle method) using a Model Evolution 4300-7 Vessel USP II bath (Distek Inc., New Brunswick, NJ). Dosage forms were placed into a dissolution vessel containing 500 mL of 10 mM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer (KH2PO4) at pH 7.4, 37 0C. The dissolution medium was agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II). Samples were withdrawn at intervals up to about 20 hours and the content of compound (4) in solution was determined by reverse phase HPLC using a C 18 column and a phosphate buffer/acetonitrile/water isocratic
mobile phase with photodiode detection at 210 run. An in vitro dissolution profile for controlled release capsules prepared according to Example 1 is shown in FIG. 1.
[00220] As shown in FIG. I5 immediate-release particles comprising (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) released more than 80% of compound (4) contained within the capsule within 10 minutes.
[00221] As shown in FIG. 2, pH-dependent release particles comprising (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) released more than 80% of compound (4) within 25 minutes at pH 7.4, and substantially no prodrug was released after at least about 60 minutes at pH 6.0.
[00222] As shown in FIG. 3, pH-independent release particles comprising (R)- baclofen prodrug (4) released more than 80% of compound (4) within about 4 hours.
Example 4 Pharmacokinetics of (iP-Baelofen in Dogs
[00223] Dosage forms comprising compound (4) were administered by oral gavage to groups of four adult male Beagle dogs (weight approx 8 kg) at a dose of 10 mg compound (4). The dogs were fasted overnight before the study and for 4 hours post-dosing. Blood samples (1 mL) were obtained via the femoral vein at intervals over 24 hours after oral dosing. Blood was quenched immediately using acetonitrile with 1% formic acid and then frozen at -20 0C until analyzed.
[00224] The concentration of (i?)-baclofen in quenched whole blood was determined using an API 2000 LC/MS/MS instrument equipped with a Shimadzu binary pump and a Leap CTC autosampler. The column was a Phenomenex Hydro-RP 4.6 x 50 mm column operating at room temperature. The mobile phases were (A) water with 0.1% formic acid and (B) acetonitrile with 0.1% formic acid. The gradient condition was: 5% B for 0.5 min, then to 95% B in 1.8 min, then maintained at 95% B for 1.2 min. The mobile phase was returned to 5% B for 2 min. A TurboIonSpray source was used on the API 2000. The analysis was done in positive ion mode and an MRM transition of m/z 214/151 was used in the analysis of (i?)-baclofen. Ten (10) μL of the blood sample was injected. The peaks were integrated using Analyst™ Software (Agilent Technologies) to provide the concentration of (J?)-baclofen in the blood sample.
[00225] The pharmacokinetic parameters of capsules comprising pH independent-release particles prepared according to Examples 1-4 at a dose of 10 mg compound (4) following oral administration to dogs are provided in Table 4. The bioavailability is determined relative to 1 mg-eq/kg (i?)-baclofen administered intravenously.
Table 4. Pharmacokinetics (mean (SD)) of (i?)-Baclofen Following Oral Administration of Dosage Forms Comprising pH-Independent Release Particles to Dogs at a Dose of 10 mg of Compound (4).
Example 5 Oral Bioavailability of (i?)-Baclofen in Human Subjects
[00226] A randomized, crossover, fed/fasted single-dose study of the safety, tolerability, and pharmacokinetics of oral administration of compound (4) in healthy adult subjects was performed. The oral dosage forms of Examples 1 and 2 were used in this study. Thirty healthy adult volunteers participated in the study. The subjects were separated into 3 cohorts of 10 individuals. Within each cohort, subjects received either one of three dosage forms (8 subjects) or a placebo (2 subjects) in both fasted and fed states in random order. The dosage forms used in this study were capsules comprising immediate release particles prepared substantially according to Example 1 comprising 8 mg of compound (4), capsules comprising pH-dependent release prepared substantially according to Example 2 comprising 8 mg of compound (4), and capsules comprising pH- independent release particles prepared substantially according to Examples 1 and 2 comprising 8 mg of compound (4).
[00227] Plasma samples were collected from all subjects prior to dosing, and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 18, 24, and 36 hours after dosing. Urine samples were
collected from all subjects prior to dosing, and complete urine output was obtained at 0- 4, 4-8, 8-12, 12-18, 18-24, and 24-36 hours after dosing. Plasma samples were quenched immediately with methanol and stored frozen. Sample aliquots were prepared for analysis of (i?)-baclofen and compound (4) using sensitive and specific LC/MS/MS methods. The plasma concentration of (i?)-baclofen following administration of a capsule containing immediate release, pH-dependent release, or pH-independent release particles to patients in a fasted or fed state is summarized in Table 5, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5.
Table 5. Oral Bioavailability of (i?)-Baclofen Following Administration of Oral Dosage Forms
Dosage Form Cfαfp ^max T Tl/2 AUCinf IYeI*
(capsule) (ng/mL) (h) (h) (ng'h/mL) (%)
Fasted 124 1.7 4.5 443 100
Immediate Release
Fed 60 6.0 4.4 436 99 pH-Dependent Fasted 55 5.1 5.9 317 72
Release
Fed 49 7.5 5.2 354 80
pH-Independent Fasted 18 3.6 10.3 189 43
Release Fed 15 6.7 10.4 180 41
* AUC relative to the AUC of the immediate release form in fasted subjects.
Example 6
Pharmacokinetics of (i?)-Baclofen in Human Patients Following Administration of Capsules Comprising pH-Independent Release Particles
[00228] The pharmacokinetics of (i?)-baclofen in healthy human patients following oral administration of capsules containing pH-independent release particles comprising compound (4) was determined.
[00229] Fasted human patients were randomized to receive single oral doses of controlled release (CR) capsules or matching placebo in a double-blind fashion. The study investigated 6 dose levels of compound (4), 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 80 mg, in
capsules comprising controlled release particles and comprising 10 mg compound (4). Six (6) groups of 10 subjects each were enrolled sequentially (10 subjects per dose level). Eight subjects in each dose group received CR capsules and two received placebo.
[00230] Blood samples were collected from patients prior to dosing and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 24, 30, and 36 hours post-dosing for all treatments. Blood sample aliquots were quenched immediately with methanol to prevent further hydrolysis of compound (4). Blood sample aliquots were stored in a freezer at -70 °C. The blood sample aliquots were analyzed for (i?)-baclofen and compound (4) in whole blood supernatant using sensitive and specific LC-MS/MS methods.
[00231] Concentration data for (i?)-baclofen and compound (4) in blood were analyzed by noncompartmental methods using WϊnNonlin™ Software version 4.1 (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, CA). Concentration data and pharmacokinetics parameters were plotted using SigmaPlot™ version 9.0 (Systat Software Inc., Point Richmond, CA). Actual time points were used for the calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters. The maximum concentration (Cmax) and time to Cmax (Tmax) were obtained by observation. The apparent elimination half-life (Ty2) was determined by linear regression of three or more log-transformed data points in the terminal phase. The area under the concentration versus time curve (AUC) was determined by the linear trapezoidal method using concentration data over the dosing interval. The AUC value extrapolated to infinity (AUCmf) was calculated as:
AUCinf = AUCo-tlast + Ciast/λz where tlast is the time of the last quantifiable concentration (Clast) and λz is the rate constant of the apparent terminal elimination phase. Using the data from doses 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 80 mg, linear regression models were fit for AUCinf versus dose and for Cmax versus dose using SAS™ version 9.1 for Windows (SAS Institute, Cary, NC). In both models, the dose effect was parameterized using orthogonal polynomial coefficients for unequally spaced values.
[00232] The blood concentration and pharmacokinetic parameters for (R)- baclofen and (i?)-baclofen prodrug (4) following oral administration of CR capsules to healthy human patients is shown in FIGS. 6-9, and a summary of the pharmacokinetic parameters for different doses of (i?)-baclofen prodrug (4) is provided in Table 6.
Table 6. Pharmacokinetic Parameters of (i?)-Baclofen Following Oral Administration of CR Capsules
Dose(mg) 10 20 30 40 60 80
Cmax(ng/mL) 23(10) 35(17) 63(19) 82(49) 139(56) 193(89)
Cmax/dose 2.3 1.7 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.4
Cmax/C12 2.6 2.7 2.3 2.2 2.3 2.8
Tmax(h) 5.0(3.8) 4.1(1.1) 4.8(0.9) 4.5(1.2) 3.9(1.1) 4.0(1.1)
T1/2(h) 10.3(3.6) 9.6(1.7) 9.3(2.7) 11.3(4.7) 10.5(2.6) 9.7(1.0)
AUCω 243(66) 338(83) 810(169) 1020(300) 1540(603) 2020(787)
(ng'h/mL,)
AUCinf/dose 24 17 27 26 26 26
F(%) 31(7) 33(10) 33(7) 28(9) 35(6) 34(18)
[00233] Finally, it should be noted that there are alternative ways of implementing the disclosures contained herein. Accordingly, the present embodiments are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive, and the claims are not to be limited to the details given herein, but may be modified within the scope and equivalents thereof.
Claims
1. An oral pharmaceutical dosage form of an (i?)-baclofen prodrug, comprising: a combination of at least two particle populations, wherein at least one of the two particle populations is chosen from (a) and (b):
(a) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is independent of the solution pH; and
(b) a population of (i?)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing the (i?)-baclofen prodrug into the solution with a release profile that is dependent on the solution pH;
wherein the oral dosage form provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen in plasma of a patient for a continuous period of time after the oral dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
2. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the combination further comprises a particle population (c):
(c) a population of (iϋ)-baclofen prodrug-containing particles, the particles when placed in an aqueous solution releasing substantially all of the (R)- baclofen prodrug into the solution within about 1 hour of being placed in the solution.
3. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the (i?)-baclofen prodrug is (3i?)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4- chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing.
4. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the combination comprises a first particle population (a) having a first release profile that is independent of the solution pH, and a second particle population (a) having a second release profile that is independent of the solution pH, wherein the second release profile is different than the first release profile.
5. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the combination comprises a first particle population (b) having a third release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, and a second particle population (b) having a fourth release profile that is dependent on the solution pH, wherein the fourth release profile is different than the third release profile.
6. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the concentration of (R)- baclofen does not exceed a concentration that causes moderate sedation and impairment of motor activity in the patient at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
7. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the continuous time period is chosen from at least about 4 hours, at least about 8 hours at least about 12 hours, at least about 16 hours, at least about 20 hours, and at least about 24 hours.
8. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the therapeutically effective concentration of (i?)-baclofen ranges from about 50 ng/mL to about 1,000 ng/mL.
9. The oral dosage form of claim 1, wherein the dosage form comprises a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 100 mg.
10. The oral dosage form of claim 1 , wherein the dosage form is chosen from a once-daily dosage form and a twice-daily dosage form.
11. The oral dosage form of claim 10, wherein the once-daily dosage form comprises a mass equivalent of (i?)-baclofen ranging from about 0.5 mg to about 50 mg.
12. An oral pharmaceutical dosage form of (3i?)-4- { [( 1 <S)-2-methyl- 1 -(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy] carbonylamino } -3 - (4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing, which when administered orally to a patient provides a therapeutically effective concentration of (7?)-baclofen in the plasma of the patient for a continuous period of time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient, wherein the concentration of (i?)-baclofen in the plasma of the patient does not exceed a minimum adverse concentration at any time after the dosage form is orally administered to the patient.
13 The dosage form of claim 12, wherein the continuous time period is chosen from at least about 4 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 16 hours, at least about 20 hours, and at least about 24 hours.
14. An oral dosage form comprising a plurality of pH-independent release particles comprising a (i?)-baclofen prodrug of Formula (I), which following oral administration to a human patient provides a blood
(i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid concentration characterized by: a Cmax / Ci2 ratio ranging from about 1 to about 6; a Cmax / dose ratio ranging from about 1.25 (106-mL)"1 to about 3.25
(106^mL)'1; and an AUCjnf / dose ratio ranging from about 13 (hr/10 -rnL) to about 33
(hr/106-mL).
15. The oral dosage form of claim 14, wherein each of the particles comprises (3i?)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4- chlorophenyl)butanoic acid, pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of any of the foregoing; and at least one pH independent release polymer.
16. The oral dosage form of claim 15, wherein the at least one pH independent release polymer comprises an ammonioalkyl methacrylate copolymer.
17. The oral dosage form of claim 15, wherein the (3R)-4- { [(I S)-2 -methyl- 1- (2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid is present in a therapeutically effective amount.
18. The oral dosage form of claim 15, wherein the (3iζ)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l- (2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid is present in an amount ranging from about 1 mg-equivalent to about 100 mg-equivalent of (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid.
19. The oral dosage form of claim 15, wherein release of the (3R)-4-{[(lS)-2- methyl-l-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid from the oral dosage form exhibits the following in vitro dissolution profile in 10 niM monobasic potassium phosphate buffer at pH 7.4 at 37 0C agitated at 75 rpm (USP, Type II): from about 35% to about 45% of the (3Λ)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid is released within about 4 hours; from about 60% to about 80% of the (3Λ)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid is released within about 7.6 hours; and from about 85% to about 95% of the (3Je)-4-{[(15)-2-methyl-l-(2- methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid is released within about 13 hours.
20. The oral dosage form of claim 14, which following oral administration to the human patient provides an oral bioavailability of (i?)-3-amino-3-(4-chlorophenyl)butanoic acid ranging from about 20% to about 72%.
21. The oral dosage form of claim 14, which when administered orally to a patient provides a (i?)-baclofen plasma concentration profile substantially as shown in FIG. 6.
22. The oral dosage form of claim 14, which when administered orally to a patient provides a (i?)-baclofen plasma concentration profile that is bioequivalent to the profile shown in FIG. 6.
23. A method of treating a disease in a patient, comprising orally administering to a patient in need of such treatment at least one dosage form of any one of claims 1, 12, and 14, wherein the disease is chosen from spasticity, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, emesis, cough, narcotic addiction or abuse, alcohol addiction or abuse, nicotine addiction or abuse, neuropathic pain, and musculoskeletal pain.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2008/052808 WO2009096985A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2008-02-01 | Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2008/052808 WO2009096985A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2008-02-01 | Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2009096985A1 true WO2009096985A1 (en) | 2009-08-06 |
Family
ID=39462121
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2008/052808 WO2009096985A1 (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2008-02-01 | Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2009096985A1 (en) |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010102071A1 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-10 | Xenoport, Inc. | Sustained release oral dosage forms of an r-baclofen prodrug |
WO2011109403A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-09 | Xenoport, Inc. | Use of (3r)-4-{[(1s)-2-methyl-1- (2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl) butanoic acid for treating urinary incontinence |
WO2012117076A2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-07 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of neurogical disorders |
WO2012117073A2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-07 | Pharnext | New compositions for treating neurological disorders |
WO2013023155A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Xenoport, Inc. | Anhydrous and hemihydrate crystalline forms of an (r)-baclofen prodrug, methods of synthesis and methods of use |
WO2013127918A1 (en) | 2012-03-01 | 2013-09-06 | Pharnext | New therapeutic approaches for treating parkinson's disease |
WO2014013025A1 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-23 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of macular degeneration disorders |
EP2705843A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-12 | Pharnext | Therapeutic approaches for treating epilepsy and related disorders through reduction of epileptogenesis |
EP2705841A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-12 | Pharnext | Combinations of nootropic agents for treating cognitive dysfunctions |
WO2015121218A1 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2015-08-20 | Pharnext | Combination of baclofen, acamprosate and medium chain triglycerides for the treatment of neurological disorders |
WO2016132218A1 (en) * | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Method of administering r-baclofen in an extended release dosage form |
WO2018197383A1 (en) | 2017-04-24 | 2018-11-01 | Pharnext | Idalopirdine-based combinatorial therapies of alzheimer's disease |
US10172800B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-01-08 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US10300032B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-05-28 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
WO2019145523A1 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2019-08-01 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of alzheimer's disease in patients having lost responsiveness to acetylcholinesterase inhibitor therapy |
EP3563841A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-11-06 | Pharnext | New therapeutic approaches for treating parkinson's disease |
US10987328B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-04-27 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005097079A2 (en) * | 2004-04-02 | 2005-10-20 | Impax Laboratories, Inc. | Controlled release dosage for gaba receptor agonist |
US7109239B2 (en) * | 2003-08-20 | 2006-09-19 | Xenoport, Inc. | Acyloxyalkyl carbamate prodrugs, methods of synthesis and use |
US7227028B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2007-06-05 | Xenoport, Inc. | Synthesis of acyloxyalkyl carbamate prodrugs and intermediates thereof |
WO2008011016A2 (en) * | 2006-07-18 | 2008-01-24 | Dynogen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treating gastroesophageal reflux disease with 5-ht3- and gaba receptor agonists |
-
2008
- 2008-02-01 WO PCT/US2008/052808 patent/WO2009096985A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7109239B2 (en) * | 2003-08-20 | 2006-09-19 | Xenoport, Inc. | Acyloxyalkyl carbamate prodrugs, methods of synthesis and use |
US7227028B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2007-06-05 | Xenoport, Inc. | Synthesis of acyloxyalkyl carbamate prodrugs and intermediates thereof |
WO2005097079A2 (en) * | 2004-04-02 | 2005-10-20 | Impax Laboratories, Inc. | Controlled release dosage for gaba receptor agonist |
WO2008011016A2 (en) * | 2006-07-18 | 2008-01-24 | Dynogen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treating gastroesophageal reflux disease with 5-ht3- and gaba receptor agonists |
Cited By (43)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10071068B2 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2018-09-11 | Xenoport, Inc. | Sustained release oral dosage forms of an R-baclofen prodrug |
WO2010102071A1 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-10 | Xenoport, Inc. | Sustained release oral dosage forms of an r-baclofen prodrug |
WO2011109403A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-09 | Xenoport, Inc. | Use of (3r)-4-{[(1s)-2-methyl-1- (2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl) butanoic acid for treating urinary incontinence |
US8377956B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2013-02-19 | Xenoport, Inc. | Use of (3R)-4-{[(1S)-2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropanoyloxy)propoxy]carbonylamino}-3-(4-chlorophenyl) butanoic acid for treating urinary incontinence |
EP2796132A1 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2014-10-29 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of neurological disorders |
WO2012117076A2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-07 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of neurogical disorders |
WO2012117075A2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-07 | Pharnext | Treatment of cerebral ischemia |
WO2012117073A2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2012-09-07 | Pharnext | New compositions for treating neurological disorders |
WO2013127917A1 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2013-09-06 | Pharnext | New compositions for treating amyotrophic lateral sclerosis |
WO2013023155A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Xenoport, Inc. | Anhydrous and hemihydrate crystalline forms of an (r)-baclofen prodrug, methods of synthesis and methods of use |
US8580850B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-11-12 | Xenoport, Inc. | Anhydrous and hemihydrate crystalline forms of an (R)-baclofen prodrug, methods of synthesis and methods of use |
US9139517B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2015-09-22 | Xenoport, Inc. | Anhydrous and hemihydrate crystalline forms of an (R)-baclofen prodrug, methods of synthesis and methods of use |
US9265748B2 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2016-02-23 | Xenoport, Inc. | Anhydrous and hemihydrate crystalline forms of an (R)-baclofen prodrug, methods of synthesis and methods of use |
WO2013127918A1 (en) | 2012-03-01 | 2013-09-06 | Pharnext | New therapeutic approaches for treating parkinson's disease |
WO2014013025A1 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-23 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of macular degeneration disorders |
EP2705842A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-12 | Pharnext | Therapeutic approaches for treating parkinson's disease |
EP2705843A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-12 | Pharnext | Therapeutic approaches for treating epilepsy and related disorders through reduction of epileptogenesis |
EP2705841A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-12 | Pharnext | Combinations of nootropic agents for treating cognitive dysfunctions |
WO2014037417A1 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-03-13 | Pharnext | Therapeutic approaches for treating epilepsy and related disorders through reduction of epileptogenesis |
WO2015121218A1 (en) | 2014-02-11 | 2015-08-20 | Pharnext | Combination of baclofen, acamprosate and medium chain triglycerides for the treatment of neurological disorders |
EP3563841A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2019-11-06 | Pharnext | New therapeutic approaches for treating parkinson's disease |
WO2016132220A1 (en) * | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release oral dosage form of gaba receptor agonist |
US10610505B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2020-04-07 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US9585843B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-03-07 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi es Szoloaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US9655858B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-05-23 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US9801841B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-10-31 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi és Szolgáltató KFT | Controlled release dosage form |
WO2016132233A1 (en) * | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release oral dosage form of gaba receptor agonist with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US11717483B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2023-08-08 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US10172800B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-01-08 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US10213404B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-02-26 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10213403B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-02-26 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10213402B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-02-26 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10300032B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-05-28 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US11679088B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2023-06-20 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
WO2016132218A1 (en) * | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Method of administering r-baclofen in an extended release dosage form |
US10471031B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-11-12 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10532031B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2020-01-14 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US9579289B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-02-28 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10987328B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-04-27 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
US10987312B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-04-27 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form with enhanced pharmacokinetics |
US11090281B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-08-17 | Osmotica Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato Kft | Controlled release dosage form |
WO2018197383A1 (en) | 2017-04-24 | 2018-11-01 | Pharnext | Idalopirdine-based combinatorial therapies of alzheimer's disease |
WO2019145523A1 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2019-08-01 | Pharnext | Baclofen and acamprosate based therapy of alzheimer's disease in patients having lost responsiveness to acetylcholinesterase inhibitor therapy |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20100137442A2 (en) | Sustained Release Particulate Oral Dosage Forms of (R)-Baclofen and Methods of Treatment | |
WO2009096985A1 (en) | Sustained release particulate oral dosage forms of (r)-baclofen prodrugs and methods of treatment | |
CA2355644C (en) | Controlled/modified release oral methylphenidate formulations | |
JP6144252B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition | |
CA2674610C (en) | Sustained release oral dosage forms of a prodrug of r-baclofen and methods of treatment | |
US11896722B2 (en) | Methods and compositions particularly for treatment of attention deficit disorder | |
US20130280324A1 (en) | Sustained release pharmaceutical compositions comprising pregabalin | |
JP6294420B2 (en) | Novel gastroretentive dosage form containing GABA analog and opioid | |
US20130022646A1 (en) | Controlled Release Formulations of Opioids | |
US20040131680A1 (en) | Controlled/modified release oral methylphenidate formulations | |
WO2014031894A1 (en) | Oral dosage forms of methyl hydrogen fumarate and prodrugs thereof | |
US9034902B2 (en) | Methods for treatment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder | |
JP2013537915A (en) | Opioid controlled release formulations | |
AU2013204592A1 (en) | Controlled release formulations of opioids | |
CA3226799A1 (en) | Multiparticulate pharmaceutical composition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 08728834 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 08728834 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |